14. chromatography general catalogue 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/catalogue/haeberle-lab/14...

122
1168 14. Chromatography Contents GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11 Vials 1169 Ampoules, Septa, Caps 1169 Syringes 1178 Microlitre Syringes 1178 Sample preparation 1184 SPE 1184 Chromatography columns 1212 HPLC 1212 + Flash columns 1239 + Solvent storage/handling 1240 + GC columns 1253 + GC Reagents 1268 Thin-layer chromatography 1272 Plates 1272 + Chambers 1282 + Syringes 1283 + Detection 1285 + Accessories 1288 www.haeberle-lab.de

Upload: vuonghuong

Post on 21-May-2018

224 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1168

14. ChromatographyContents

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Vials 1169Ampoules, Septa, Caps 1169Syringes 1178Microlitre Syringes 1178Sample preparation 1184SPE 1184Chromatography columns 1212HPLC 1212 + Flash columns 1239 + Solvent storage/handling 1240 + GC columns 1253 + GC Reagents 1268

Thin-layer chromatography 1272Plates 1272 + Chambers 1282 + Syringes 1283 + Detection 1285 + Accessories 1288

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 2: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1169

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

General informations - vials and capsMaterialsAccording to the high requirements of chemical analyses, especially with regard to reproducibility combined with highdetection sensivity, the container material for the respective samples is of great importance. In general, for this pur-pose vials made from glass are used. The hydrolytic resistance of the glass can be taken as a measure for its chemi-cal inertness. Determination of the hydrolytic resistance and the resulting classification of a glass grade are governedby the German and international industrial standard DIN 12111/ISO 719. Glass grades are classified in hydrolyticclasses .We supply vials from the following classes:1st hydrolytic classGlass grades made from borosilicate, such as Duranfi, Pyrexfi, Fiolaxfi and others belong to this group. Glass of thisclass, which is often called neutral glass, has a very good chemical resistiance towards acid and neutral solutions. Therelatively low alkali content permits good values for the resistance towards alkaline solutions, too. If nothing else isstated, the vials of our programm are made from glass of the 1st hydrolytic class (manufactured in accordance withEu.Ph. VI Ed., U.S.P. XXV Ed., DAB-10, Ph. Jap. 13).3rd hydrolytic class, AR glassGlass of this class, also called soft glass or lime soda glass, has a mediumhydrolytic resistance. For longtime storageof aqueous and especially alkaline-aqueous samples (for example to use them repeatedly) itis not recommended. Nevertheless, it can be used for many analytical applications.We supply the following types of sample bottles:vials with crimp top and corresponding capsscrew thread vials and srew capssealing disks for individual combinations of cap and sealExcept for a few frequently used combi packs, vials and caps can be ordered separately, thus allowing a wide range ofpossible combinations.Advantages of the DIN crimp top:Crimp top vials are available with 3 differnt rim heights: 3 mm, DIN crimp top with 3.6 mm and 4mm. When usingonly one crimper, tedious adjustments for the different heights are necessary. The standardized DIN crimp top avoidsthis problem. The rim height in accordance with DIN 58366 should be 3.6 ±0.2 mm. We supply vials with DIN crimptop for volumes above 5 ml.Except where explicitly mentioned, caps with sealing disks are supplied assembled, i. e. ready-to-use.Seals below the caps are shown for illustration purposes only, and they are pictured upside down.

1 2 3 4MACHEREY-NAGEL

Physical properties of glass gradesParameter1st hydrolytic class 3rd hydrolytic classdensity: 2.64 density: 2.5thermal coefficient of linear expansion (K-1): 60 * 10-7 thermal coefficient of linear expansion (K-1):

85 * 10-7

quenching stability (∆ T in K) in accordance with DIN 52321: 60 quenching stability (∆ T in K) in accordancewith DIN 52321: 42internal pressure resistance (bar) in accordance with DIN 52320: atleast 6 bar internal pressure resistance (bar) in accordan-ce with DIN 52320: at least 6 barTemperature stability of sealing disks and plastic capsshaped butyl rubber disks, center coated with PTFE 120°C (-40°C)natural rubberbutyl rubber 140°Csilicone rubber 190°C (-30°C)PTFE 200°C (-60°C)PE (polyethylene) 250°CPP (polypropylene) 80°CAllowable variation for the thickness of sealing disks: ±0.25 mm. 120 - 130°C

4

3

2

1www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 3: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1170

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Crimp top vials and capsVials with crimp top are injection bottles with rim diameters of 8, 11, 13 or 20mmwhich can be closed with crimp caps or PE caps (PE caps only for 11 and 20mm rimdiameters).Vials with snap ring design with 11mm rim diameter may be closed with PE snap-on caps or crimp caps.Conic vials are vials with tapered inner shape for small sample volumes, which can be closed with crimp caps or PEcaps.Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for application with very small sample volu-mes. Vials are closed as usual. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic innershape (conic vials) mentioned above.Crimp caps can be used for crimp top vials and for vials with snap ring design. They are available with or withoutsealing disks, with centre hole, tear-off middle seal or as tear-off caps. Caps with centre hole are made from alumini-um, aluminium with steel insert or steel. The two latter are magnetic.Additionally we offer a versatile range of sealing disks for crimp caps and PE caps.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Description Capacity diameter / height rim

o.d. x height

PK Cat. No.

ml mm mmN 8-08, clearN 11-1 HP, clear*N 11-1 HP, clear, with writing patchand inscription*N 11-1 HP, amber, writing patchand inscription*Micro insert for N11-1 HP, taperedMicro inserts for N11-1 HP andSnap-ring tubes, fitted with PPspiral pringVials with snap N 11-1, clear*Vials with snap N 11-1, clear, writing patch*Vials with snap N 11-1, amber, writing patch*Micro inserts for Snap-ring tubes,15mm tip, sharply taperingMicro inserts for Snap-ring tubes, 12mm tipN-13-4, clearN 20-6 PE, clear,conical top edge, rounded baseN 20-20 PE, clear conic rim,rounded bottom edgesfor PE autosamplers, wall 1.2 mm thickN20-20 HP/CTC, clear,flat crimp top, long neck rounded bottomedges for PE / CTC and HP autosamplers

0.801.501.501.500.200.25

1.501.501.500.200.304.006.00

20.00

20.00

8 / 311 / 311 / 311 / 3

--

11 / -11 / -11 / -

--

13 / 3.620 / 4

20 / 4

20 / 3.6

8.2 x 30.011.6 x 32.011.6 x 32.011.6 x 32.05.5 x 30.05.5 x 29.0

11.5 x 32.511.5 x 32.511.5 x 32.55.5 x 30.05.5 x 30.014.75 x 4522 x 38.25

23 x 75.5

22 x 75.5

100100100100100100

100100100100100100100

100

100

9.003 4277.086 5206.700 9776.700 9767.401 7446.093 247

6.073 8334.001 5457.059 8464.001 5464.001 5474.001 5297.052 186

7.060 463

9.003 453

*wide neckSnap ring vials N11 can also be used with crimp caps N 11

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 4: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1171

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Crimp top vials and capsVials with crimp top are injection bottles with rim diameters of 8, 11, 13 or 20 mm which can be closed with crimp caps.Vials with snap ring design with 11 mm rim diameter may be closed with PE snap-on caps or crimp caps.Conic vials are vials with tapered inner shape for small sample volumes, which can be closed with crimp caps or PE caps.Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for application with very small sample volumes. Vials are closed as usual. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic inner shape (conic vials) mentioned above.Crimp caps can be used for crimp top vials and for vials with snap ring design. They are available with or without sealing disks, with centre hole, tear-off middle seal or as tear-off caps. Caps with centre hole are made from aluminium, aluminium with steel insert or steel. The two latter are magnetic.

Snap ring caps:

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description Int. borediameter

Material / Sealing disk Thickness / Hardness PK Cat. No.mm mm / Image

N 11 transparentN 11 blueN 11 blueN 11 blue

6.06.06.06.0

nat. rubber orange red/PTFE colourless colourlesssilicone rubber white/ PTFE redRed PTFE/white silicone rubber /red PTFEsilicone rubber white/ PTFE blue, slotted

1.0 / 601.3 / 451.0 / 451.0 / 55

100100100100

7.059 8444.001 5446.073 5556.073 834

Crimp caps:Description Int. bore

diameterMaterial / Sealing disk Thickness / Hardness PK Cat. No.

mm mm / ImageN 11 TB/oAN 8 TB/oA-4 aluminium colouredN 8 TS/oA aluminium colouredN 11 TB/oA aluminium colouredN 11 TB/oA-0.9 aluminium colouredN 11 TS/oA aluminium colouredN 11 TS/oA-M magneticN 13 TB/oA aluminium colouredN20 TB/oA, aluminium colouredN20 TB/oA, aluminium colouredN20 TS/oA, aluminium colouredN 20 TS/oA aluminium colouredN20 TB/HS, aluminium colouredN20 TS/HS, aluminium colouredN20 TB/oA ASM bimetal, magneticN20 TS/oA ASM bimetal, magneticN20 TS/oA ASM bimetal, magnetic

5.64.04.05.65.65.65.06.010.010.010.010.08.08.08.08.08.0

Butyl rubber/PTFEbutyl rubber red/PTFE colourlesssilicone rubber white/PTFE redbutyl rubber colourless butyl red/PTFE colourlessbutyl rubber red /PTFE colourlesssilicone rubber white/PTFE redsilicone rubber white /PTFE redshaped butyl rubber disk dark grey/PTFE light greyRed butyl rubber/grey PTFELight grey butyl rubber/dark grey PTFEBlue silicone rubber/colourless PTFEsilicone rubber beige/PTFE greyRed butyl rubber /grey PTFEBeige silicone rubber /grey PTFEGrey butyl rubber/grey PTFECream silicone rubber/grey PTFEBlue silicone rubber /colourless PTFE

1.3 / 450.9 / 451.3 / 451.3 / 450.9 / 451.3 / 451.3 / 452.0 / 503.0 / 553.0 / 503.0 / 403.0 / 603.0 / 553.0 / 603.0 / 503.0 / 603.0 / 40

100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100100

9.003 4419.003 4439.003 4444.001 5237.060 4699.003 4464.001 5647.060 4759.003 4544.001 5494.001 5539.003 4479.003 4559.003 4569.003 4579.003 4586.234 541

Crimp top vials and crimp caps N 11 as combi packssealing disks assembled MACHEREY-NAGELDescription PK Cat. No.

Combipack N 11-1 HP, clear + N 11 N 20 TB/oA coloured aluminium caps andred butyl rubber / natural PTFE sealsCombipack N 11-1 HP, clear + N 11 N 20 TB/oA coloured aluminium caps andred silicone / white PTFE seals

10001000

9.003 4399.003 440

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 5: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1172

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Crimp top vials stoppers1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description Hardness PK Cat. No.Image

Rubber stoppers N20 light greyRubber stoppers N20 for freeze-drying 3737 100100 7.060 4337.076 651

1

Screw thread vials and screw capsVials with screwthreads are available in sizes of N 8, N 9 and N 13. They feature athreaded rim for screw caps.Conic vials with screwthreads and thick glass walls are micro reaction vials for small sample volumes, which are clo-sed with screw caps.Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for applications with very small sample volumes.Vials are closed as standard. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic inner shape(conic vials) mentioned above.Screw caps for threaded vials available with or without sealing wads and with or without centre hole.Additionally we offer a versatile range of sealing wads for screw caps.

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

Description Capacity o.d. x height

PK Cat. No.

ml mmN 8-1, clear*N 8-1, amber*N 8-1, amber, label area with scale*Micro inserts for N 8-1, with mounted PP springMicro inserts for N8-1, standard, clearMicro inserts for N8-1, strongly taperedSprings for micro inserts 5 x 30 mmN9-1, clear, wide opening**N9-1, clear, wide opening, label area with scale**N9-1, amber, with label area, wide mouth**N 13-4 G, clearN 13-4 G, amberMicro inserts for vials N 13-4 GSprings for micro inserts 6 x 40 mm

0.001.501.500.250.250.200.001.501.501.504.004.000.300.00

11.511.5 x 32.511.5 x 32.55 x 295 x 305 x 3011.6 x 3211.6 x 3211.6 x 3214.75 x 4514.75 x 456 x 40

100100100100100100100100100100100100100100

9.003 4819.003 4807.081 4144.001 5569.003 4357.401 0667.086 4089.003 4484.001 5209.003 4499.003 4827.058 1427.055 4864.001 567

*8-425 thread**short threadCombi packs of screw thread vials and screw caps N 8Sealing wads assembled MACHEREY-NAGELDescription PK Cat. No.

Combipack N 8-1, clear + N 8, with phenolic resin screw caps and red / natural sealsCombipack N 8-1, clear + N 8, with phenolic resin screw caps and red / white seals

10001000

9.003 4379.003 438

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 6: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1173

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Screw caps N 8, N 9, N 13with or without sealing wadsN 8 8-425 threadsN 9 short threadsN 13 13-425 threads

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Description Int. borediameter

Material / Sealing disk Thickness / Hardness PK Cat. No.mm mm / Image

N8*N8*N8*N8*N8*N8**N 9 blue*N 9 blue*N 9 blue*N 13*N 13*

5.55.55.55.55.50.05.55.55.58.58.5

Red butyl rubber/clear PTFERed nat. rubber / colourless PTFEWhite silicone rubber / red PTFE w/slitWhite silicone rubber / red PTFEwithout sealwithout sealred nat. rubber / colourless PTFEWhite silicone rubber / red PTFEWhite silicone rubber / red PTFE w/slitNat. rubber / PTFEWhite silicone rubber / red PTFE

1.3 / 601.3 / 601.3 / 351.3 / 35- / -- / -1.0 / 451.3 / 351.3 / 351.3 / 601.3 / 35

100100100100100100100100100100100

9.003 4836.224 0276.232 1789.003 4847.060 4217.075 9609.003 4509.003 4514.001 5214.001 5667.510 053

*with centre hole, **witout centre hole

Sealing disks N 8Sealing wads for screw caps2

MACHEREY-NAGEL2

Description Ext.diam.

Wallthickness

Hardness PK Cat. No.mm mm Image

N 8 Nat. rubber, red / colourless PTFEN 8 White silicone rubber / red PTFEN 8 White silicone rubber / blue PTFE /slit888

1.31.31.0603555

1001001007.060 4177.060 4197.085 892

Manual crimpers and opening pliersFor tightly closing crimp top vials manually, you need an appropriate crimper, foropening the corresponding opening pliers are used. If you have e. g. sample vials with20 mm rim diameter and the proper crimp caps (e. g. N 20 TB/oA), you can use crimpers N 20 and opening pliers N20 OE. The crimpers listed below can be adjusted to the respective rim height with the aid of a hexagonal key (except for the N8 crimper).

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

8131120

1111

9.003 4709.003 4739.003 4719.003 475

3

Opening pliersFor sample, injection and infusion, crimp top bottles or vials with aluminium, or combination caps.

For dia. PK Cat. No.mm

111320

1111

9.003 5119.003 3679.003 3689.003 369

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 7: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1174

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Containers for vialsavailable in 3 different sizes for small (N8 to N 11), medium size (N 13) and large (N 20) vials suited for freezers stackable MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

81 positions, for vials N 8, N 9 and N 11, with integrated insert; size 130 x 130 x 45 mm, coded, with lid

49 positions, for vials N 13, with integrated insert; size 130 x 130 x 50 mm, with lid

25 positions, for vials N 20, with removable insert; size 130 x 130 x 80 mm, with lid

1

1

1

6.225 649

4.001 527

4.001 528

Sample vials, crimp topTransparent borosilicate glass vials.Choice of clear or amber.Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.Crimp top vials, standard neck.

1

Type PK Cat. No.

2.0 ml, transparent2.0 ml, transparent with labelling area2.0 ml, amber with labelling area100100100

9.003 6009.003 6019.003 602

1

Insert vialsInsert vials, 5 mm diameter, KG-33 borosilicate glass.2 3 4Type PK Cat. No.

0.10 ml conical, glass0.15 ml conical, glass with POLYSPRING0.25 ml flat bottom, glass

100100500

9.003 6039.003 6049.003 605

2 3 4

Sample vials, crimp topTransparent borosilicate glass vials. Choice of clear or amber.Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.Crimp top vials, wide mouth.

5 6

Type PK Cat. No.

2.0 ml, transparent2.0 ml, transparent with labelling area2.0 ml, amber with labelling area100100100

9.003 6069.003 6079.003 608

5 6

Insert vialsInsert vials, 6 mm diameter, KG-33 borosilicate glass.7 8 9Type PK Cat. No.

0.25 ml conical, glass0.25 ml conical, glass, Polyspring0.35 ml flat bottom, glass100100500

9.003 6099.003 6109.003 611

7 8 9

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 8: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1175

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Alu-capsAluminium caps for crimp top bottles, standard and wide mouth. Diameter 11 mm.1

Type PK Cat. No.

PTFE sealing rimPTFE / natural rubber sealPTFE / Silicone sealPTFE red / Silicone seal

10001000100100

9.003 6129.003 6139.003 6149.003 615

1

Seals 2000Coloured aluminium caps with PTFE/rubber seal.11 mm dia. Other colours available on request.2

Colour PK Cat. No.

Silver 100 9.003 616

2

Sample vials, screwthread topWith wide mouth.Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.3 4

Type PK Cat. No.

2.0 ml transparent2.0 ml transparent, with labelling area2.0 ml amber, with labelling area100100100

9.003 6179.003 6189.003 619

3 4

Insert vialsInsert vials, 6 mm diameter.5 6 7Type PK Cat. No.

0.25 ml conical, glass0.25 ml conical, glass, Polyspring0.35 ml flat bottom, glass100100500

9.003 6099.003 6109.003 611

5 6 7

Screwthread caps and septaDiameter 10 mm. Screw cap, open, coloured, PP.8

Colour PK Cat. No.

BlackRedBlueGreen

100100100100

9.003 6209.003 6219.003 6229.003 623

8

SeptaSepta. 10 mm9Type PK Cat. No.

PTFEPTFE red/Silicone white 1000100 9.003 6249.003 627

9

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 9: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1176

14. ChromatographyVials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Sample vials, screwthread topWith standard screw neck.Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.1 2

Type PK Cat. No.

2.0 ml transparent2.0 ml transparent, with labelling area2.0 ml amber2.0 ml amber, with labelling area

100100100100

9.003 6299.003 6309.003 6319.003 632

1 2

Insert vialsInsert vials, 5 mm diameter.3 4 5Type PK Cat. No.

0.10 ml conical, glass0.15 ml conical,glass with Polyspring0.25 ml flat bottom, glass

100100500

9.003 6039.003 6049.003 605

3 4 5

Screwthread caps and septaDiameter 8 mm.Open screwthread cap.6 7

Type PK Cat. No.

Phenolic, blackPP, black 1000100 9.003 6339.003 634

6 7

SeptaSepta. 8 mm8Type PK Cat. No.

PTFEPTFE/RubberPTFE red/Silicone white1000100100

9.003 6359.003 6369.003 638

8

Three-layer septaLow density silicone wad sandwiched between two high density silicone layers. Working temperature max. 200°C.9

Hamilton

Dia. PK Cat. No.mm9.510.013.0

1212129.221 8039.221 8059.221 809

9

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 10: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

MACHEREY-NAGEL

FiltrationMACHEREY-NAGELFind out about high-quality products for filtration. As one of the leading filter paper manufacturers, we offer more than 7000 products from the following ranges:

• Quantitative (ashless) filter papers

• Qualitative filter papers

• Glass fibre filters

• Filter papers for technical applications

• Extraction thimbles

• PORAFIL® filter membranes

• CHROMAFIL® syringe filters

• CHROMABOND® MULTI 96 filters

• Special products and costum-made products

• ... and many more

Quality „Made in Germany“We produce our filter papers exclusively in Germany. Thereby we guarantee constant high quality for our customers.

With pride we look back to a almost 100-year-old successful history. Founded in 1911 MACHEREY-NAGEL today is a worldwide operating company. We develop and produce a large number of special products for analytical chemistry.

• Filter and filtration products

• Rapid tests for environmental, process and food analysis

• Test papers for medical urine analysis

• Consumables for chromatography

• Kits for purification of DNA and proteins

Be prepared for the futureRely on MACHEREY-NAGEL filter papers at any time in the future. As a family-owned company the friendly expert advice for our highly-valued customers as well as outstanding product quality have been the cornerstones of our corporate success for almost 100 years.

Page 11: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1178

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Syringe TerminationsSyringe terminations are offered in a number of different configurationsdesigned to accommodate a broad range of applications. From cemented toremovable needles, and luer taper /TEFLON luer lock to special syringe fittings, syringe barrel termi-nations serve a key function at the interface of a syringe and its mating connection.N, NR (Cemented Needle, Cemented Needle Rheodyne)Needles are cemented into the glass syringe barrel at a point corresponding to the zero graduationmark. NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.LTN (Luer Tip Cemented Needle)Needles are cemented into the conical glass luer tip of the barrel at a point corresponding to the zerograduation mark.SN (Special Needle)Hamilton offers customized syringes with special needles. State the following details: needle length,gauge, point style, and whether electro-tapered. Example of a correct specification: 701 SN, 70 mm,gauge 25, point style 3, not electrotapered. Without these details the corresponding standard syringe701 N will be supplied.RN (Removable Needle)Removable needles seat precisely to the zero graduation mark of the syringe. Allows the use of diffe-rent specification needles on the same syringe barrel. LT (Luer Tip)Ground glass syringe barrel with a male luer taper accepts most hypodermic needles. Use Kel-F hubneedles and connectors for a tight seal.KH (Knurled Hub)Removable needle, knurled hub is used on 7000 Series syringes, exclusively. The attachment of a spa-cer enables repeatable depth injections.SL (SampleLock)On/Off syringe valve with RN needle is cemented to a syringe barrel. Used for headspace, environ-mental sample collection and storage, pre-pressurization of gaseous samples for GC analysis, andsample spiking.TLL, TLLX (TEFLON Luer Lock)Male luer taper with nickel-plated brass hub accepts, and locks in place, luer hub needles and connec-tors. The X-style plunger stop incorporates a 6-32 UNC female thread on the end of the stop to allowattachment to drive arm mechanisms, such as on the MICROLAB 500 Series diluters/dispensers.C (Cheminert)1/4''-28 UNF, male fitting. Used in low volume applications where system dead volumes need to beminimized.AD (AccuDil®)M8 x 0.75, male fitting. Used with MICROLAB 1000 PLUS diluter/dispenser.DAD (Diluter AccuDil®)M8 x 0.75 male fitting with M6 x 1 side port. Used with MICROLAB 1000 PLUS diluter/dispenser.

1Hamilton1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 12: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1179

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Microlitre syringes, Needle TypesPoint Style 2:12° bevelled non-coring needle point recommended for septumpenetration. Ideal for gas chromatographic applications.Point Style 3:Blunt needle point (90°) for use with HPLC injection valves. Also recommended for applications whereexact dosing is required (e.g. thin layer chromatographs).Point Style 4:10-12° bevelled needle point recommended for life science applications; special point styles such as12°, and 45° are available on requestPoint Style 5:Conical needle with side port for penetration of septa, thin-gauged vinyls and plastics without coring;minimizes septum damagePoint Style AS:Special conical style needle point (8° taper) designed towithstand the demands of multiple injections; exclusively used onGC autosampler syringes

1Hamilton 1

Microlitre syringes, 700 seriesWith fixed needle (N, NR). NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.Plungers are individually fitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not availableas replacement parts. Needles are electro-tapered.

2Hamilton

Needle length 51 mmType Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.

µl75 N701 N701 N, Unit = 6702 N705 N710 N725 N750 N75 N701 N702 NR705 NR710 NR725 NR750 N

5101025501002505005102550100250500

26s26s26s22s22s22s22s22s26s26s22s22s22s22s22

2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)2 (GC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)3 (HPLC)

116111111111111

9.221 0019.221 0029.221 0109.221 0039.221 0049.221 0059.221 0069.221 0079.221 0119.221 0129.221 0139.221 0149.221 0159.221 0166.055 335

2

Microlitre syringes, 700 series- 5 µl - 500 µl- For use with liquids- Cemented needles (N), removable needles (RN9, or luer tip (LT)- Plungers and Syringe barrels are not interchangeable or replaceable- Tight tolerances between the plunger and the barrel

3Hamilton

Needle length 51mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.

µl75 RN701 RN701 RN, Unit = 6702 RN705 RN710 RN725 RN750 RN701 LT702 LT705 LT710 LT725 LT750 LT

510102550100250500102550100250500

26s26s26s22s22s22s22s2226s22s22s22s22s22

22222222

11611111111111

9.221 0809.221 0816.059 8999.221 0829.221 0839.221 0849.221 0859.221 0869.221 0219.221 0229.221 0239.221 0249.221 0259.221 026

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 13: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1180

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Needles for RN syringesRemovable. Not for use in HPLC applications.1

Hamilton

Length 51 mmPoint style 2Type Ext.

dia.Int.dia.

Gauge Volume PK Cat. No.mm mm litres

7758-027758-037779-017779-03

0.50.70.70.7

0.130.150.410.15

26s22s22s22s

2.5 µl to 100 µl2.5 µl to 100 µl250 µl to 10 ml250 µl to 10 ml

6666

9.221 6929.221 6939.221 6949.221 695

1

Microlitre syringes, 800 seriesWith cemented-in, standard needles (N). With metal handle. Plungers are individuallyfitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not available as replacement parts.Needles are electro-tapered.

2Hamilton

Gauge 26sNeedle length 51 mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.

µl85 N801 N802 N805 N810 N825 N

5102550100250

26s26s22s22s22s22s

222222

111111

9.221 1059.221 1109.221 1119.221 1129.221 1139.221 114

2

Microlitre syringes, 800 seriesType RN are equipped with metal plunger handles and removable needles. Type RN B/P are syringes only without metal plunger (replacement syringes).3

Hamilton

Gauge 26sNeedle length 51mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.

µl85 RN801 RN802 RN805 RN810 RN825 RN85 RN801 RN810 RN85 RN B/P801 RN B/P

5102550100250510100510

26s26s22s22s22s22s26s26s22s

222222

11111111111

9.221 1159.221 1169.221 1179.221 1189.221 1199.221 1206.222 0136.231 1536.803 3849.221 1719.221 172

3

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 seriesGlass barrel with Teflon-coated plunger, seal and with Luer Tip (LT).Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle. MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage tothe Teflon seal. Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.

4Hamilton

Type Capacity Grad. PK Cat. No.µl µl

1710 LT1725 LT1750 LT1001 LT1002 LT1005 LT

100250500100025005000

15101050100

111111

9.221 2109.221 2259.221 2509.221 2519.221 2529.221 255

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 14: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1181

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 seriesGlass barrel with Teflon-coated plunger and seal, and Luer lock outlet (TLL). TLLX with6-32 UNC female thread. Allows attachment to drive arm mechanisms, e.g. Microlab500 Series diluters/dispensers.Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle. MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage to the Teflon seal. Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.

1Hamilton

Type Capacity Grad. PK Cat. No.µl µl

1702 TLLX1705 TLLX1710 TLLX/MS1725 TLLX/MS1750 TLLX/MS1001 TLL1001 TLL/MS1001 TLLX1002 TLL1005 TLL1010 TLL1025 TLL1025 TLL

255010025050010001000100025005000100002500025000

0.250.5151010200.01501002005000.25

1111111111111

9.221 3009.221 3059.221 3109.221 3159.221 3209.221 3489.221 3259.221 3289.221 3309.221 3359.221 3409.221 3479.221 345

1

Needles for LT/TLL/TLLX syringesRemovable. With Luer tip made of Kel-F. All hypodermic needles available according tospecification in 3 mm to max. 1200 mm lengths.2

Hamilton

Needle length 51 mmType Ext.

dia.Int.dia.

Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.mm mm

KF 726KF 722KF 719KF 710KF 722 SKF 722 PsT 3

0.50.71.13.40.70.7

0.300.400.700.700.200.40

2622191022s22

222233

666666

9.221 6269.221 6229.221 6199.221 6109.221 6079.221 722

2

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 seriesGas-tight microlitre syringes with removable needle (RN).3

Hamilton

Needle length 51 mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity Gauge PK Cat. No.

µl1701 RN1702 RN1705 RN1710 RN1725 RN1750 RN1001 RN1002 RN

1025501002505001002500

26 s22 s22 s22 s22 s222222

11111111

9.221 4879.221 4889.221 4899.221 4909.221 4919.221 4929.221 4939.221 494

3

Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 seriesWith Teflon plunger seal.Gastight microlitre syringes with cemented-in needles (N).Needles are electro-tapered (LTN).

4Hamilton

Needle length 51 mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity Gauge PK Cat. No.

µl1701 N1702 N1705 N1710 N1725 N1750 LTN1001 LTN1002 LTN1005 LTN1010 LTN

10255010025050010002500500010000

26 s22 s22 s22 s22 s2222222222

1111111111

9.221 4489.221 4499.221 4509.221 4559.221 4609.221 4659.221 4709.221 4759.221 4809.221 485

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 15: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1182

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

1800 Series Gastight Syringes10 µl - 250 µl- For use with gases and liquids- Removable needles (RN) or cemented needles (N)- Precision-machined Teflon PTFE-tipped plungers- Reinforced plungers- Plunger assemblies and glass barrels are replaceable

Hamilton

Type Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.µl

1801 N1802 N1805 N1810 N1825 N1801 RN1802 RN1805 RN1810 RN1825 RN

102550100250102550100250

26s22s22s22s22s26s22s22s22s22s

2222222222

1111111111

9.221 8369.221 8379.221 8389.221 8399.221 8409.221 8319.221 8329.221 8339.221 8349.221 835

Microlitre syringes, 7000 series- 0.5 µL - 5 µL- For use with liquids- Removable needles (KH)- Positive displacement- Sample contained in the needle- No dead volume- Replaceable syringe parts

1Hamilton

Needle length 70 mmType Capacity Gauge Point style PK Cat. No.

µl7000.5 KH7001 KH7101 KH7002 KH7102 KH7105 KH7000.5OC KH7000.5 KH7001 KH7101 KH7002 KH7102 KH7105 KH

0,51,01,02,02,05,00,50,51,01,02,02,05,0

50477050635623504770506356

2222223333333

1111111111111

6.700 1119.221 1216.802 3916.204 6246.801 0379.221 1259.221 5909.221 1266.802 5989.221 1319.221 1229.221 1326.050 160

1

Spare unit for Microlitre syringes, 7000 seriesHamilton

Type PK Cat. No.

Spare unit for syringes 7000.5Spare unit for syringes 7001Spare unit for syringes 7002Spare unit for syringes 7105Spare unit for syringes 7101Spare unit for syringes 7102

111111

9.221 1819.221 1829.221 1839.221 1849.221 1859.221 186

Microlitre syringe needles for HPLCRemovable. For use with Rheodyne valves and Valco system VSF 2.Fit Hamilton syringes from 5 to 100 µl capacity.2

Hamilton

Gauge 22sNeedle length 51 mmPoint style 3 (HPLC)Type Volume PK Cat. No.

litres7770-01 2.5 µl to 100 µl 6 9.221 603

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 16: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1183

14. ChromatographySyringes/Microlitre Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Microlitre syringes for GC-autosamplersWith cemented-in needles (N).For GC-autosamplers:- Hewlett-Packard 7670 A, 7671 A, 7672 A.

Hamilton

Gauge 26sNeedle length 51 mmPoint style 2 (GC)Type Capacity PK Cat. No.

µl701 N1701 N 1010 11 9.221 002

9.221 448

Microlitre syringe for GC-AutosamplerWith cemented-in needles (N).For Autosampler:- Hewlett-Packard 7673 A.

1Hamilton

Gauge: 23sNeddle length: 43 mmPoint style: AS (GC)Type Capacity PK Cat. No.

µl701 ASN 23S 10 1 9.221 196

1

Microlitre syringes, repeat dispensing deviceFor syringes 25 µl to 2.5 ml. Dispenses 2 % of total syringe volume each time theplunger is depressed.2

Hamilton

Type PK Cat. No.

PB 600-1 1 9.221 650

2

We can supply thismanufactorer’swholeproduct range !

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 17: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1184

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

So

lid p

hase

extra

ction

Solid phase extraction (SPE) is a powerful method for sample preparation and is used by most chromatographers today.

More than 20 years ago MACHEREY-NAGEL designed and introduced CHROMABOND® SPE cartridges containing silica-based adsorbents. Since then we developed the widest range of phases and products for SPE based on silica and polymeric materials.

SPE has capabilities in a broad range of applications:

environmental analyses

pharmaceutical and biochemical analyses

organic chemistry

food analysis

Dri

nkin

g w

ate

rUrineFo

od

Soil

Vegetable

Fruit

Tabl

ets

Bloo

d

Was

te o

il

PesticidesPAHs PCBs

DrugsDyes

Vitamins

SPE is a form of digital (step-wise) chromatography designed to extract,

partition, and / or adsorb one or more components from a liquid phase

(sample) onto a stationary phase (adsorbent or resin). An adsorbed sub-

stance can be removed from the adsorbent by step-wise increase of elution

strength of the eluent (step gradient technique). SPE extends a chroma-

tographic system’s lifetime, improves qualitative and quantitative analy-

sis, and the demand placed on an analytical instrument is considerably

lessened.

In general, SPE is used for three important purposes in state-of-the-art analyses:

concentration of the analyte

(up to factor 10.000 - increase of chromatographic sensibility /

improved limits of detection)

removal of interfering compounds

(protection of subsequent analyses like HPLC, GC, TLC, UV or IR

spectroscopy, …)

changing an analyte’s environment to a simpler matrix more suit-

able for subsequent analyses

Advantages of SPE compared to classical liquid-liquid extrac-tion:

lower consumption of solvents

faster – enormous time savings

lower costs per sample

potential for automation

high consistency in individual sample handling

and different retention mechanisms

optimisation of extraction by variation or adjusting of the solid

phase and chromatographic conditions

Separation of food additives

1 2

34

5

time [min]

1. Acesulfam K2. Saccharin3. Benzoic acid4. Sorbic acid5. Aspartam

before SPE

after SPE

Basic principles of SPE

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 18: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1185

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

So

lid p

hase

extra

ction

CHROMABOND®

sample reservoir

polypropylene or glass

CHROMAFIX®

male

CHROMABOND® LV

sample reservoir

CHROMABOND® MULTI 96

90.1

°

72.3

84

Design of columns, cartridges and 96-well plates

All CHROMABOND® ®

CHROMABOND® polypropylene columns

®

CHROMABOND® glass columns

®

CHROMAFIX® cartridges

Small

M L

volumes

CHROMABOND® LV columns

®

CHROMABOND® MULTI 96 · SPE in 96-well format

®

® columns or CHROMAFIX® ®

Basic principles of SPE

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 19: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1186

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

So

lid p

hase

extra

ction

Phase Matrix

RP phases

HR-X ®

Easy ® ®

®2

®

PS-RP ® ®

® ®

® ®

® ®

®

® ®

® ®

6H5® ®

®

Normal phases® ®

® ® ®

NH2 2®

2 2 2 2® ®

2

®

® ®

® ® ®

®

®

® ® ® ® ®

® ® ® ® ® ®

® ® ® ®

Ion exchangers® ®

® ®

® ®

® ®

®

® ®

® ®

– – ®

PS-H ®

Phases for special applications ®

® ® ®

®

®

® ®

NH2

Na2 4®

2 4

p s

Summary of MN phases for SPE

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 20: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1187

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi HR-Xhydrophobic polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymerpH stability 1 to14high-purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to a novel manufacturing processspherical particles 85µm; pore size 55 to 60Åvery high surface 1000m²/gcapacity 390mg/g (caffeine in water)excellent recovery rates especially for the enrichment of pharmaceuticals/active ingredients due to the spherical structure of the particles, very homogeneous surface, and optimised pore structurerecommended applications:pharmaceuticals/active ingredients from tablets, creams and water/waste waterdrugs and pharmaceuticals from urine, blood, serum and plasmatrace analysis of pesticides

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg1313636151536

30601002002005005005001000200200

303030303030302020250250

4.003 8084.003 8114.003 8094.003 8074.003 8144.003 8134.003 8184.003 8194.003 8204.003 8064.003 815

BIGpacks: 4.003 806/4.003 815

1

Highest reproducibility

within each batch from batch to batch

Standard protocol for method development with

CHROMABOND® HR-X

Column type: CHROMABOND® HR-X 3 ml / 200 mg

Sample pretreatment: if necessary, adjust pH valueColumn conditioning: 5 ml methanolEquilibration: 5 ml waterSample application: slowly aspirate the sample through the columnColumn washing:Elution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol

Further analysis: if necessary, evaporate and redissolve in a suitable

Compounds:

A phenobarbital

B pentobarbital

C hexobarbital

Batch 1

0

50

100

A A AB B BC C C

Batch 2 Batch 3

Barbiturates from serum Column type:

CHROMABOND® HR-X 3 ml / 200 mg

Sample:Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol, 5 ml dist. waterSample application: 1 ml spiked serumColumn washing: 5 ml waterElution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol

Further analysis: ®18 ec, see MN Appl.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 21: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1188

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi Easypolar modified polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer with a weak anionexchangerSpecific surface 650 to 700 m²/g, particle size 80µm, pore size 50 Å, pH stability 1 to 14. Due to bifunctional modifi-cation much more hydrophilic than conventional polystyrene-divinylbenzene polymers and thus easily wettable withwater.recommended applications:- polar herbicides/pesticides from water (acidic, neutral, basic)- polar phenols from water- polyaromatic compounds- polychlorinated biphenyls- drug analysis from urine, blood, serum, plasma pharmaceuticals/active ingredients from tablets, creamsDue to the bifunctional modification CHROMABONDfi Easy is considerably more hydrophilic than conventional polysty-rene-divinylbenzene polymers and thus easily wettable with water. The Easy effect: Aqueous samples can be loadeddirectly without preconditioning! This means that little or even no conditioning is needed, in contrast to standard SPEmaterials, where recovery rates normally decrease, in the worst case down to zero! Depending on the separation taskconditioning may be required and is recommended for method development. A positive side effect of the excellentwettability: there is no decrease of recovery rates, if the cartridge runs dry, therefore automation is easier or, in somecases compared to silica materials only feasible with CHROMABONDfi Easy, because a permanent vacuum can be usedwithout supervision.Further advantages of using a polymeric material:- high surface, this means very high binding capacity (2 5 times higher than silica-based adsorbents)- less adsorbent is needed in the cartridge (without losing sensitivity or recovery)- faster analysis, because the height of the adsorbent bed can be reduced- acidic or basic solvents (e. g. TFA) do not destroy the phase, or lead to unintended side productsBecause of the polar modification the material is suitable for a broad range of compounds (acidic, neutral, basic, polar and nonpolar substances). Highly reproducible recovery rates can be obtained, even if the cartridge runs dry (especially advantageous when using 96-well plates, where stopcocks are not available!)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg1313636151536

30601002002005005005001000200200

303030303030302020250250

4.003 7194.003 7214.003 7206.226 4526.234 3754.003 7286.224 8504.003 7264.003 7274.003 7234.003 724

BIGpacks: 4.003 723/4.003 724®

The Easy effect:

ditioning!

®

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 22: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1189

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi C18 ecoctadecyl modified silica phase for SPE, endcappedbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm for C18 ec, 100µm for C18 ec f (for fast flow),specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8octadecyl phases, endcapped, carbon content 14%very non-polar, hydrophobic interactions with a wide variety of organic compoundsadvantageous for clean-up of samples with large structural variations (polarity differences)recommended applications:non-polar compoundsaflatoxins, amphetamines, antibiotics, antiepileptics, barbiturates, caffeine, drugs, preservatives, fatty acids, nicotine, PAHs, pesticides, PCBs, heavy metals, vitaminsvery well suited for desalting of samples

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133666154570366

1002005005001000200020005000100005005001000

1005050303030202010250250250

4.003 4424.003 4444.003 4484.003 4514.003 4546.701 2434.003 6034.003 6044.003 5604.003 4464.003 4504.003 452

BIGpacks: 4.003 446/4.003 450/4.003 452

1

Chromafixfi C18 ecColumns for C18 ec2

MACHEREY-NAGELSize Capacity PK Cat. No.

mgSML

270530950505050

4.003 8394.003 8404.003 841

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 23: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1190

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

CHROMABONDfi C18octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE, not endcappedbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm for C18, 100µm for C18 f (for fast flow),specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8 octadecyl phases, not endcapped, carbon content 14% similar to C18 ec,however possesses more free silanols (SiOH), which allow secondary interactions with polar groups of the analytesrecommended applications:non-polar compoundspesticides

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133666154570366

1002005005001000200020005000100005005001000

1005050303030202010250250250

6.226 7989.003 4874.003 4344.003 4364.003 4384.003 5124.003 4646.700 7474.003 5614.003 4334.003 4354.003 437

1

CHROMAFIXfi C18columns for C18

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Size Capacity PK Cat. No.

mgSML

270530950505050

7.083 6657.079 6174.003 838

2

Chromabondfi C18 Hydraoctadecyl modified silica phase for SPE of polar analytesbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8special octadecyl phase for polar analytes, not endcapped, carbon content 15%recommended applications:more polar compounds like pesticides and their polar degradation products,phenols, phenoxycarboxylic acids,nitroaromatics, pharmaceuticals

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg113363666

501002005005001000100020003000

10010050503050303030

4.003 5654.003 5664.003 5674.003 5694.003 5734.003 5714.003 5754.003 5764.003 577

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 24: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1191

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi C8

octyl modified silica phase for SPE, not endcappedbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8octyl phase, not endcapped, carbon content 8%similar to C18, however slightly more polarsecondary interactions with polar compounds are more pronounced due to shorter alkyl chainsrecommended applications:pesticides, PCBs

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg13366

1002005005001000

10050503030

4.003 4606.203 6724.003 4614.003 4626.224 849

1

CHROMABONDfi C6H5phenyl modified silica phase for SPEbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8phenyl phase, carbon content 8%polarity similar to C8in addition to hydrophobic interactions more selective adsorption is possible by Π-Π interactions due to the electrondensity of the phenyl ringrecommended applications:aflatoxinscaffeinephenols

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133

1002005001005050

4.003 4914.003 6086.224 848

2

Chromabondfi CNcyanopropyl modified silica phase for SPEbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8cyanopropyl phase, carbon content 5.5%polar to mid-polarin addition to weak hydrophobic interactions selective interactions are possible due to the high electron density of theCN grouprecommended application:cyclosporinscarbohydrates

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133

1002005001005050

4.003 4734.003 6114.003 474

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 25: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1192

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi NH2

aminopropyl modified silica phase for SPEbase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8aminopropyl phase, carbon content 3.5%polar, weak anion exchangerrecommended applications:trace elementslipids

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133663

1002005005001000500

10050503030250

4.003 4654.003 6096.205 1434.003 5334.003 6784.003 466

BIGpacks: 4.003 466

1

Chromabondfi OHdiol modified silica phase for SPEBase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8diol phase, carbon content 5.5%polarproperties similar to SiOHrecommended application:antibioticsprostaglandins

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg1336

100200500500

100505030

4.003 4704.003 6104.003 4716.224 847

2

Chromabondfi SiOHunmodified silica phase for SPEunmodified, weakly acidic silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8very polaradsorbs humidity from air, for this reason it should be kept well closed and if necessary dried before usedue to its high affinity for polar compounds it should not be conditioned with polar (e.g. methanol) or water-contai-ning solventsrecommended applications:aflatoxinschloramphenicolpesticidessteroidsvitamins

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133666154570150366

1002005005001000200020005000100005000050010002000

100505030303020201010250250250

4.003 4764.003 5484.003 4794.003 4754.003 4814.003 4984.003 5504.003 6056.202 8504.003 6304.003 4774.003 4824.003 499

BIGpacks: 4.003 477/4.003 482/4.003 499

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 26: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1193

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi Alox A/Alox N/Alox Baluminium oxide, acidic, neutral, basicaluminium oxide, high purity, pore volume 0.90ml/g, particle size 60 to 150µm, specific surface 150m²/gacidic, pH 4 ±0.5recommended application:together with phase SA for PCB and pesticidesAlox A: acidic, pH 4 ±0.5Alox N: neutral, pH 7 ±0.5Alox B: basic, pH 9.5 ±0.5

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Phase Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mgAlox AAlox AAlox AAlox AAlox NAlox NAlox NAlox NAlox BAlox BAlox BAlox B

366453664536645

500500100040005005001000400050050010004000

503030205030302050303020

4.003 6214.003 6224.003 4564.003 6234.003 6194.003 6204.003 5156.226 9174.003 6154.003 6284.003 4584.003 629

1

Chromafixfi AloxColumns for Alox2

MACHEREY-NAGELPhase Size Capacity PK Cat. No.

mgAlox NAlox N ML 8501700 5050 4.003 853

4.003 854

2

Chromabondfi Florisilfimagnesium silicate for SPEmatrix magnesium silicate (MgO to SiOH 15:85), high purity, particle size 150 to 250µmrecommended application:organic tin compounds,aliphatic carboxylic acids,PCBs, PAHs

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg336666

200500500100010001000

5050303025030

4.003 6244.003 4884.003 5576.224 8424.003 4894.003 490

BIGpacks: 4.003 489/4.003 490

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 27: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1194

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi PApolyamide 6 for SPEmatrix polyamide 6, unmodified, high purity, particle size 40 to 80µmrecommended application:flavonoids, PAHs

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg3366

2005005001000

50503030

4.003 5954.003 5117.089 0897.400 537

1

Chromabondfi PSApropylsulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPEBase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8propylsulphonic acid modified silicavery strong cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.7meq/g)contrary to the SA phase no Π-Π interactionsrecommended applications:weak cations

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg136

10050010001005030

4.003 6264.003 6276.206 233

2

Chromabondfi SAbenzenesulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPE (SCX)base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45 µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8 benzenesulphonic acid modified silicastrongly acidic cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.5meq/g)adsorbent with hydrophobic and Π-Π interactions (benzene ring)ion exchange of organic compounds from aqueous matrixelution of interesting compounds with solvent systems, which compensate the ionic and nonpolar interactions, e.g. methanolic HClrecommended application:amino acidsamineschlorophyllPCBs

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133663

1002005005001000500

10050503030250

6.314 5634.003 5637.051 0564.003 6136.224 8464.003 485

BIGpacks: 4.003 485

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 28: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1195

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi SBquaternary ammonium modified silica anion exchanger for SPE (SAX)base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8silica modified with quaternary aminestrongly basic anion exchanger (capacity ~ 0.3meq/g)not suited for very strong anions such as sulphonic acids, because these are difficult to eluterecommended application:organic acidscaffeinesaccharin

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg133663

1002005005001000500

10050503030250

4.003 4864.003 5807.075 7594.003 6146.206 2344.003 487

BIGpacks: 4.003 487

1

Polymer-based ion exchangers for SPEThe innovative cation exchanger offers:mixed-mode SPE phase with distinct cation exchange and RP properties excellent enrichment of basic analytesmodern support polymer with optimised pore structure and large specific surfacegood reproducibility, reliable and cost-efficient analysesmore aggressive washing procedures for matrix removal possiblecleaner samples and protection of analytical HPLC and GC instrumentationquantificationof analytes from heavily contaminated sampleslower limits of detection also for critical matrices... the perfect fit for basic analytes in comination with CHROMABOND® HR-X

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

Chromabondfi HR-XCbenzenesulphonic acid modified polymeric cation exchanger for SPEbase material spherical PS/DVB copolymer, pore size 65 - 75Å, particle size 85µm, very large specific surface800m²/g, pore volume 1.4cm³/g, pH stability 1 to 14 benzenesulphonic acid modification, exchange capacity1.0meq/g RP capacity 300mg/g (caffeine in water) high-purity material, highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to an optimised production process outstanding recovery rates especially for the enrichment of basic analytesrecomended application: basic active ingredients from strongly matrix-contaminated samples e.g. urine, plasma,serum fungicides from food basic analytes, e.g. amines

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg336

200500500303030

4.003 8214.003 8224.003 823

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 29: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1196

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Fractionation of acidic, neutral and basic analytes from serum

0

1.000

2.000

3.000

3.500

mAU

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 5 10 15 min

1

23

4

serum sample

without SPE

after SPE with HR-XC

after SPE with HR-XC

MN Appl. No. 304780

Column type: CHROMABOND® HR-XC / 3 ml / 200 mg

Sample: 3PO4

Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol, then 5 ml waterSample application:the columnWashing:Elution: fraction A: neutral and acidic an-alytes); then 5 ml methanol – NH3 fraction B: basic analytes)

Further analysis ® C18

® C8

Recovery rates [%]

Fraction A: neutral and acidic analytes

Fraction B: basic analytes

Compound HR-XC Compound HR-XC Oasis® Strata X-C

Suprofen 68

Naproxen 85 95 71 85

Tolmetin 73 3. Amitriptyline 94 78

Phenobarbital 4. Trimipramine 81

33

Hexobarbital

CHROMAFIXfi HR-XCColumns for HR-XC1

MACHEREY-NAGELSize Capacity PK Cat. No.

mgSML

155240500505050

4.003 8354.003 8364.003 837

1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 30: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1197

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

PS-RP/PS-OH-/PS-H+/PS-Mix/PS-Ag+/PS-Ba2+phases for RP/ion chromatographybase material: high-purity polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymers (PS/DVB)pore size 100 Ä, paricle size 100 µmverly low degree of swelling, thus very well suited for chromatographyreliable function over the whole pH range from 0-14different modifications for different applications from elimination of nonpolar compounds up to removal of specificpolar comonentsrecommended application:removal of interfering compounds- improves chromatographic separtions, if the interfering components overlap with the analyte in the chromatogram- improves lifetime of the chromatographic column, since interfering components can irreversibly block the columnpackingenrichment of the analytes

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

removal of organic interfering components from water PS-RP hydrophobic PS/DVB-copolymerPS-OH- strong PS/DVB anion exanger, OH- form capacity0.6 meq/gremoval or concentration of anions from water increasingthe pH value in acidic samples removal or concentrationof cations from water

decreasing the pH value in basic samples PS-H+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, H+ form, capaci-ty 2.9 meg/gdesalting of water PS-Mix mixture of PS-OH- and PS-H+removal of halide ions from water PS-AG+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ag+ formremoval of sulphate ions from water PS-Ba2+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ba2+ Form

Phase Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mgPS-OH-PS-H+PS-OH-PS-H+PS-OH-PS-H+

333366

200200500500500500

303030303030

4.003 6004.003 7024.003 5814.003 5894.003 5914.003 590

1

Chromafixfi PSColumns for PS2

MACHEREY-NAGELPhase Size Capacity PK Cat. No.

mgPS-RPPS-OH-PS-H+PS-Ag+PS-Ba2+PS-RPPS-OH-PS-H+PS-Ag+PS-Ba2+PS-OHPS-H+

SSSSSMMMMMLL

200200230240280320380430480550800900

505050505050505050505050

4.003 8694.003 8674.003 8664.003 8654.003 8686.228 2584.003 8617.401 4744.003 8647.402 2184.003 8624.003 863

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 31: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1198

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi Drugspecial silica phase for SPE enrichment of drugs from urine or plasmabase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8special bifunctional modification - C8/SA (strong cation exchanger - benzenesulphonic acid)recommended application:enrichment of acidic, neutral and basic drugs from urine or plasma

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg1336

100200500500

100505030

4.003 6966.802 7154.003 6994.003 697

1

Chromabondfi Drug IISpecial silica phase for SPE of THC and derivatives acidic analytes frombiological fluids (urine, blood ...)base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8special bifunctional modification - C8/SB (strong anion exchanger - quaternary amine)recommended applications:extraction of THC and derivatives from urine, blood, serum, plasmaacidic analytes from biological fluids

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg1336

100200500500

100505030

4.003 7004.003 6954.003 7014.003 698

2

Chromabondfi NH2/C18

Combination phase for SPE analysis of PAHs from water containing humic acidsSpecial combination phase:aminopropyl phase for removal of interfering humic acidsoctadecyl phase for enrichment of PAHsrecommended application:PAHs from water containing humic acids

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml ml / mg66 500500 // 500 mg1000 mg 3030 6.228 257

4.003 675

3

PAHs from water containing humic acids

Column type: CHROMABOND® NHglass column

Sample pretreatment:

Column conditioning:

v/v)

Sample application:

Washing:

Elution: Cl

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 32: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1199

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi CN/SiOHCombination phase for SPE analysis of PAHspecial combination phasecyanopropyl phase for selective adsorption of polycyclic aromatics via Π-Π interactionsunmodified silica phase for removal of polar compoundsrecommended applications:extraction of the 16 PAHs according to EPA from soil samples

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml ml / mg366

500500500///

1000 mg1000 mg1000 mg5030250

4.003 5076.233 1284.003 514

BIGpacks: 4.003 514

1

Hydrocarbons from water

Column type: CHROMABOND® Na2SO4/Florisil®, 2000/2000 mg, 6 ml glass column

Internal standard solution: dissolve 20 mg n-tetracon-tane (C40H82) in petroleum ether, add 20 ml n-decane (C10H22

perparation of the extraction solution dilute standard

Sample pretreatment: adjust 900 ml water (10 °C) with HCl (12 mol/l) to pH 2 and add 80 g MgSO4

of the extraction solution, close the bottle and stir the

Column conditioning:Sample application: slowly aspirate or force the sample through the column Elution:the combined solutions from sample application and

Recovery rate: must be > 80 % for n

Chromabondfi Na2SO4/FlorisilfiCombination phase for SPE of hydrocarbons from water acc. to DIN H53/ISODIS 9377-4Special combination phase of sodium sulphate and Florisilfirecommended application:hydrocarbons from drinking, surface and waste waters

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml ml / mg666

200020002000///

2000 mg2000 mg2000 mg3030250

4.003 5586.900 4154.003 559

BIGpacks: 4.003 559

2

PAHs from soil

Column type: CHROMABOND® CN/SiOH, 6 ml, 500/1000 mg

Sample pretreatment:

Soxhlet extractor. For low PAH contents (colourless or weakly coloured ex tracts) concentrate extract to 1/10 of its volume in a rotation evaporator.Column conditioning:

MN Appl. Nr. 301310

Sample application:

Washing:Elution:

NUCLEOSIL® 18 PAHrecovery rates see application 301310 at www.mn-net.com

Chromabondfi SA/SiOHCombination phase for SPE analysis of PCBsSpecial combination phase:SA: strongly acidic cation exchanger based on silica with benzenesulphonic acid modificationSiOH: unmodified silica for removal of polar compoundsrecommended application:extraction of PCBs from waste oil (hexane extract)

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml ml / mg33 500500 // 500500 50250 6.901 798

4.003 513BIGpacks: 4.003 513

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 33: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1200

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

PCBs from waste oil

Column type: CHROMABOND® SA/SiOH, 3 ml, 500/500 mg

Column conditioning: 1 ml n-hexane Sample application:

force it into the adsorbent with 2 x 1 ml n-hexane

Elution: n-hexane through the column; collect all n-hexane fractions and if necessary adjust to a concentration suitable for subsequent analysis by either evaporting n-hexane in a stream of nitrogen or by dilution with n-hexaneRecovery rates:

Chromabondfi SiOH-H+/SACombination phase for SPE analysis of PCBsSiOH-H+: H2SO4-impregnated silica phase for oxidation of accompanying compounds to ionic and/or polar compoundsSA: strongly acidic cation exchanger based on silica with benzenesulphonic acid modification for removal of ionic andsulphur-containing compoundsrecommended application:extraction of PCBs from oil with reference to German industrial standard DIN 51527, part 1.This combination column is used together with a SiOH column.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml ml / mg33 50250 7.051 054

4.003 492BIGpacks: 4.003 492

1

Chromabondfi SiOH-H+/SAMACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

Kombi-Kit for extraction of PCBs from oil with reference to DIN 51527, part 1, 25 columns each CHROMABONDfi SiOH-H+/SA and CHROMABONDfi SiOH 25 7.051 055

PCBs in oil samples (German industrial standard DIN 51527)

Column type: CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA 3 ml, 500/500 mg and CHROMABOND® SiOH / 3 ml / 500 mgor Kombi-Kit PCB

Sample pretreatment: extract oil-contaminated solids with n-hexane. Homogenise other oil samples and dissolve 1.5 to 2.0 g in 50 ml n-hexane. Water which may cause turbidity can be removed with sodium sulphate.Column conditioning: let 1 ml nthe CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column

MN Appl. No. 301380

Sample application: aspirate 500 µl sample through the CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column. Place CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column on top of SiOH

sample into the SiOH column with 2 x 1 ml n-hexane.Elution: elute SiOH column with 3 x 0.5 ml n-hexane; adjust to a suitable concentration for subsequent GC analysis by evaporation of n-hexane in a stream of nitrogen or by dilution with n-hexaneRecovery rates: PCB-28 99 %, PCB-52 95 %, PCB-101 99 %, PCB-138 94 %, PCB-153 99 %, PCB-180 96 %, PCB-209 101 %

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 34: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1201

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi NANSpecial phase for SPE analysis of PCB from sludgespecial combination phase:N: sodium sulphate for removal of trace waterA: SiOH/AgNO3 phase for removal of sulphur, sulphur-containing and polar compoundsrecommended application:extraction of PCB from sludge

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.ml ml / mg366

400700700///

140020002000///

4007007005030250

4.003 5036.204 6844.003 517

BIGpacks: 4.003 517

1

PCBs from sludge

Compounds investigated: polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB)This method is also suited for soil samples.

Column type: CHROMABOND® NAN, 6 ml, 700/2000/700 mg

Sample pretreatment: extract 2 g lyophilised sludge with 70 ml nwith n-hexane

Column conditioning: n-hexane Sample application: aspirate 2 ml of the extract through the columnElution: n-hexane through the

5 ml with n-hexaneRecovery rates:

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 35: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1202

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi

In addition to the required adsorbent CHROMABONDfi Diamino MACHEREY-NAGEL offersa number of individually weighed and pre-mixed buffers and extraction mixtures,specially composed for different sample matrices.Procedure 1 for standard food samples: The sample is extracted with Mix II, then purified with Mix III or Mix IV (for food with higher fat content)Procedure 2 for complex or rich food samples: The sample is extracted with Mix I, then purified with- Mix III (samples with low fat content),- Mix IV (moderate content of chlorophyll and carotinoids; e. g. carrots, lettuce),- Mix V (high content of chlorophyll and carotinoids; e. g. bell peppers, spinach),- Mix VI (high fat content; e. g. avocados).

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

Capacity Description Composition PK Cat. No.ml151515151515

Mix I Citrat-Extraction-MixMix II Acetat-Extraction-MixMix III Diamino Clean-up MixMix IV Diamino/Carbon Clean-up MixMix V Diamino/Carbon Clean-up MixMix VI Diamino/C 18 ec Clean-up Mix

4g MgSO4, 1g NaCl, 0,5g Na2H-Citrat*1,5 H2O, 1g Na3-Citrat*2 H2O6 g MgSO4 - 1,5 g Na-Acetat0,9 g MgSO40,9 g MgSO4 - 0,015 g CHROMABOND Carbon0,9 g MgSO4 - 0,150 g CHROMABOND C 18 ec0,9 g MgSO4 - 0,045 g CHROMABOND Carbon

505050505050

4.003 8244.003 8254.003 8264.003 8274.003 8294.003 828

15 ml centrifuge tubes with screw capChromabondfi Diamino

Special silica phase for determination of pesticides in food samplesBase material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8Primary and Secondary Amine functions (PSA), 5% C removes polar compounds (e. g. organic acids, pigments,sugars) from matrices like fruit or vegetables similar phases: Supelclean PSA, Bond Elut PSArecommended application:special SPE phase for quick and cheap determination of pesticides in strongly matrix-contaminated samples by GCQuEChERS method = Quick Easy Cheap Effective Rugged SafeQuEChERS clean-up mixes containing 0.15 g Chromabondfi Diamino each

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity PK Cat. No.

ml mg36 200500 5030 4.003 652

4.003 653

3

SPE phases for food analysisQuEChERS method and pre-mixesWithin a fes years after its devleopment by Anastassiades et al. the QuEChERS method hasgained a leading position for determination of pesticide residues in food by GC-MS or LC-MS allowingrapid and cheap clean-up of stronglymatrix-contaminated samples.Standard clean-up of food samples10 g sample are homogenised with 10 ml acetonitrile. After adding the internal standard thesample is shaken with 4 g MgSO4 and 1 g NaCI and afterwards centrifuged.1 ml of the supernantant is spiked with 25 mg CHROMABOND® Diamino and 150 mg MgSO4 and shaken again. Aftercentrifugation the supernatant is injected into the GC/MS.For optimising the extraction of pH-dependent compounds, for minimising decomposition ofsensitive substances, and for broadending the matrix spectrum, different modifications of theQuEChERS method have been elaborated.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 36: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Chromabondfi DiaminoAdsorbent1

MACHEREY-NAGELWeight PK Cat. No.g10020 10020 4.003 688

4.003 689

1

Chromabondfi QuEchERSQuEChERS accessories2

MACHEREY-NAGELType PK Cat. No.

50 ml PP-centrifuge tube with crew cap 50 4.003 552

2

1203

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi vacuum manifolds and accessories for handling SPE columns and car-tridgesfor simultaneous preparation of up to 12, 16 or 24 samplesreplacement parts and accessories for special applicationsVacuum manifold complete consists of: glass cabinet with lid and lid gasket, removable needles on lower side of lid, vacuum gauge, control valve, valves and caps, variable rack.

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

3

Description PK Cat. No.

Vacuum manifold complete for up to 12 columns or cartridges (incl. reservoir tank)Vacuum manifold complete for up to 16 LV columnsVacuum manifold complete for up to 24 columns or cartridgesLids with gaskets for 12 columns (incl. Luer fittings and valves), plasticGaskets for lid, for 12 columnsLuer fittings for lid, femaleLuer fittings for lid, maleValves, plasticStainless steel needlesDrying attachment for 12 columnsProducts for protection from cross contamination valve, brass, tarnishedProducts for protection from cross contamination valve as aboveProducts for protection from cross contamination stainless steel connectorsProducts for protection from cross contamination PTFE connectors with valveTubing adaptor for 1,3 and 6 ml polypropylene columns (teflon, 1ml)

111121212121211

1212124

9.003 4794.003 5867.056 9144.003 5306.801 6084.003 5344.003 5357.089 1617.079 4324.003 5364.003 5387.089 1627.079 4316.234 3766.900 713

Protection from cross contamination

brass valves and stainless steel or PTFE connectors, the

has contact with the inert connector and not with the lid,

Drying attachment

If the eluate has to be evaporated, this can be performed

11

12), from

tions (13

SPE column with frits and solid phase

lid of vacuum manifold with bore

connector

stainless steel needle

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 37: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1204

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

CHROMABONDfi empty columns and accessories for SPEfor individual packing of SPE columns with CHROMABOND® adsorbents MACHEREY-NAGELDescription PK Cat. No.

Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 3 mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 6 mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 15 mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 45 mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 30 mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 70mlEmpty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 150 mlEmpty glass columns with glass fibre filter elements, 3 mlEmpty glass columns with glass fibre filter elements, 6 mlGlass fibre fliter elements for glass columns 3 mlGlass fibre fliter elements for glass columns 6 mlAdaptor (PP) for polypropylene columns (1,3 and 6 ml)Reservoir columns 70 ml, polypropylene, incl. 1 connector

503020202020205030

2502501010

7.510 2387.510 0904.003 5554.003 5844.003 5924.003 5214.003 6314.003 5287.054 4407.056 6877.054 4417.401 4194.003 594

Chromabondfi XTRFor liquid-liquid extractionBase material coarse-grained kieselguhr (also known as diatomaceous earth, hydromatrix, celite)large pore size, high pore volume, constantly high batch-to-batch qualitypH working range 1to13application:liquid-liquid extraction of highly viscous aqueous solutions such as physiological fluids (blood, plasma, and serum) in clinical chemistry, dyes in textiles, environmental and food analysis without use of a separation funnelhigh water loadability without water breakthrough during elution with organic solvents also suited for removing small amounts of water from solvents which are not miscible with water.advantages:fast, reproducible and economicalsimultaneous preparation of several samplesno problems with phase separation, no formation of emulsionshigh recovery ratessaving of time and solventsorganic solutions need not to be dried after separation

1 2 3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Capacity Capacity max. volume capacity of aq. solution

PK Cat. No.

ml g µl13661530457070150

0.251.501.001.003.004.508.3014.5014.5037.50

0.250.501.001.003.005.0010.0020.0020.0050.00

10050302503030303010010

4.003 6454.003 6464.003 6364.003 6374.003 6386.205 3724.003 6476.225 1804.003 6484.003 650

BIGpacks: 4.003 637/4.003 648

1

2

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 38: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1205

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

General column parameters Solvents applicable for elution

diethyl ether

tert-butyl methyl ether

ethyl acetate

n-hexane

cyclohexane

toluene

dichloromethane (methylene chloride)

trichloromethane (chloroform)

trichloromethane / methanol (90:10, v/v)

trichloromethane / methanol (85:15, v/v)

diethyl ether / ethanol (90:10, v/v)

diethyl ether / ethanol (80:20, v/v)

dichloromethane / 2-propanol (90:10, v/v)

dichloromethane / 2-propanol (85:15, v/v)

CHROMABOND®

XTR

max. volume

capacity of

aqueous sol-

lution

waiting pe-

riod before

elution

elution

volume

volume amount of

adsorbent

1 ml 250 mg 0.25 ml 5 min 3 ml

3 ml 500 mg 0.5 ml 5 min 6 ml

6 ml 1 g 1 ml 5 – 10 min 8 ml

15 ml 3 g 3 ml 5 – 10 min 12 ml

30 ml 4.5 g 5 ml 5 – 10 min 16 ml

45 ml 8.3 g 10 ml 10 – 15 min 24 ml

70 ml 14.5 g 20 ml 10 – 15 min 40 ml

150 ml 37.5 g 50 ml 10 – 15 min 90 ml

Chromabondfi XTR adsorbent50 bags of 14.5g(for max. 20ml aqueous solution each) MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

for 70 ml PP columns with 100 PE filter elementsfor NT20 with 50 PE filter elements (10 mm dia.)500 g1 kg5 kg

505050010005000

4.003 6566.900 7174.003 6584.003 6574.003 659

We can supply thismanufactorer’swholeproduct range !

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 39: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1206

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Syringe CHROMAFIL®

®

121 °C

CHROMAFIL®

®

®

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 40: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1207

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Syringe filters CHROMAFILfi

CHROMAFIL® Xtralabelled for method validation and cerificationXtra: imprint for direct identification of membrane type, diameter and pore sizeXtra: low bleeding polypropylene housingXtra: colour-free plain polypropylene

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Chromafilfi PET syringe filters with polyester membranehydrophilic multipurpose membraneFor polar as well as non-polar solventsthe HPLC filter, especially suited for mixtures of water and organic solventsfor TOC/DOC determinationnot cytotoxic, does not inhibit the growth of microorganisms and higher cellspolyester filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter (GF/PET): recommended for solutions with a high load of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmPET-20/25PET- 45/25PET-120/25PET-20/25PET- 45/25PET-120/25GF/PET- 20/25GF/PET- 45/25PET-20/15 MSPET-45/15 MSGF/PET- 20/25GF/PET- 45/25

0.200.451.20.200.451.21.0/0.451.0/0.450.200.451.0/0.201.0/0.45

252525252525252515152525

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelledlabelledlabelledblueblackyellowcolourlessblueblack

orangeorangeorangeorangeorangeorange

100100100400400400100100800800400400

4.003 4176.232 5486.232 5494.003 4184.003 4166.233 1729.049 0799.049 0804.003 3974.003 3989.049 0209.049 021

MS = minispike on filter exitCHROMAFILfi Xtra: 4.003 417/6.232 548/6.232 549BIG-BOX: 4.003 418/4.003 416/6.233 172/4.003 397/4.003 398/9.049 020/9.049 021

CHROMAFILfi RC syringe filters with membrane of regenerated cellulosehydrophilic membrane with very low adsorptionfor aqueous and organic/aqueous liquids i.e. polar and medium polar sample solutionsbinding capacity for proteins 84µg/filter

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmRC-20/25RC-45/25RC-20/25RC-45/25RC-20/15 MSRC-20/15 MSRC-45/15 MSRC-45/15 MS

0.200.450.200.450.200.200.450.45

2525252515151515

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelledyellowyellowcolourlesscolourless

blueblueblueblue

100100400400100800100800

4.003 4244.003 4264.003 4256.233 8919.049 0254.003 3999.049 0264.003 400

MS = minispike on filter exitBIG-BOX: 4.003 425/6.233 891/4.003 399/4.003 400

1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 41: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1208

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromafilfi PTFE syringe filters with Teflonfi membranehydrophobic membranefor nonpolar liquids and gases very resistant towards all kinds of solvents as well as acids and bases flushing withalcohol, followed by water, makes the originally hydrophobic membrane more hydrophilic

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmPTFE-20/25PTFE-45/25PTFE-20/25PTFE-45/25O-20/3O-45/3O-20/15 MSO-45/15 MSO-20/15 MSO-45/15 MS

0.200.450.200.450.200.450.200.450.200.45

252525253315151515

labelledlabelledlabelledlabellednaturalnaturalyellownaturalyellownatural

naturalnaturalnaturalnaturalnaturalnatural

100100400400100100100100800800

4.003 4099.049 0594.003 4109.049 0609.049 0539.049 0549.049 0559.049 0564.003 3944.003 395

MS = minispike on filter exitBIG-BOX: 4.003 410/9.049 060/4.003 394/4.003 395

1

Cellulose mixed esters (MV)hydrophilic membranefor aqueous or polar solutions

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

PK Cat. No.

µm mmMV-20/25MV-45/25MV-20/25MV-45/25

0.200.450.200.45

25252525

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelled

100100400400

4.003 4074.003 4054.003 4084.003 406

BIG-BOX: 4.003 408/4.003 406

2

Cellulose acetate (CA)hydrophilic membranefor filtration of water-soluble oligomers and polymers, especially suited for biological macromoleculesvery high shape stability in aqueous solutionsextremely low binding capacity for proteins (21µg/filter)also available in a sterile package (S) for filtration under sterile conditions (each filter individually sealed)

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmCA-20/25CA-45/25CA-20/25CA-45/25CA-20/25 SCA-45/25 S

0.200.450.200.450.200.45

252525252525

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelledyellownatural redred

1001004004005050

4.003 4194.003 4214.003 4204.003 4229.049 0369.049 037

BIG-BOX: 4.003 420/4.003 422

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 42: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1209

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Polyamide (PA) = Nylonrather hydrophilic membranefor aqueous and organic/aqueous medium polar liquids

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmPA-20/25PA-45/25PA-20/25PA-45/25AO-20/3AO-45/3

0.200.450.200.450.200.45

2525252533

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelledlight beigelight beige light beigelight beige

100100400400100100

4.003 4116.232 3894.003 4126.234 0119.049 0479.049 048

BIG-BOX: 4.003 412/4.234 011Polyethersulfone (PES)

hydrophilic membranefor aqueous and slightly organic liquids with higher flow ratesvery low adsorption for pharmaceuticals and proteins, withgood stability against acids and basesfor sterile filtration of non-sterile solutions we recommend the Chromafil Sterilizer PES (each filter individually sealed)binding capacity for proteins29µg/filter

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

PK Cat. No.µm mm

Sterilizer PES - blue rim 0.20 25 50 6.228 095

2

Polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF)hydrophilic membranefor polar and nonpolar solutions, water-soluble oligomers and polymers like proteinsbinding capacity for proteins 82µg/filterThe PVDF filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter is recommended for filtration of biological samples with high parti-cle loads. This filter features a high binding capacity for proteins.also suited for filtration of polar and non-polar solutions

3MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmPVDF-20/25PVDF-45/25PVDF-20/25PVDF-45/25GF/P-45/25GF/P-45/25

0.200.450.200.451.0/0.451.0/0.45

252525252525

labelledlabelledlabelledlabelledblackblack whitewhite

100100400400400100

4.003 4139.049 0634.003 4144.003 4154.003 4024.003 401

CHROMAFILfi Xtra: 4.003 413/9.049 063/4.003 414/4.003 415BIG-BOX: 4.003 414/4.003 402

3

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 43: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1210

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Glass fibre (GF)inert filter, nominal pore size 1µm, allows higher flow rates than smaller pore filtersfor solutions with high loads of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions (e. g. soil samples, fermentation broths)as prefilters for other Chromafil filters, they prevent plugging of the membrane.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Poresize

Membranedia.

Housingcolourtop

Housingcolourbase

PK Cat. No.

µm mmGF- 100/25GF- 100/25GF- 100/15 MS

nom. 1.0nom. 1.0nom. 1.0252515

labelledlabelledblue natural100400100

6.232 3624.003 4239.049 077

MS = minispike on filter exitCHROMAFILfi Xtra: 6.232 362/4.003 423BIG-BOX: 4.003 423

Chromabondfi Multi 96 filter plates96-well polypropylene plates for simultaneous filtration of 96 samplesadvantages of this high-throughput system are:- economical by saving time and solvent- use of multi-channel pipettors facilitates liquid transfer steps- readily adaptable to all common automated/robotic handling systems- minimised dead volume (≤ 40µl)- membrane materials correspond to the respective Chromafilfi syringe filters

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

Description PK Cat. No.

Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (0.20 µm)Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (0.45 µm)Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (3.0 µm)Filter plates with RC filter elements (regenerated cellulose, 0.2 µm)Filter plates with RC filter elements (regenerated cellulose, 0.45 µm)Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (0.2 µm)Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (0.45 µm)Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (1.0 µm)Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (3.0 µm)Filter plates with PE filter elements (20 µm)Filter plates with PE filter elements (50 µm)Filter plates with glass fibre filter elements (nominal 1 µm)Filter plates with glass fibre filter elements (nominal 3 µm)Vacuum manifold for monoblocks, with reservoir tank, vacuum gauge and control valve, required for filtration with 96-well filter plates

11111111111111

4.003 9764.003 9774.003 9784.003 9716.227 3456.227 3436.227 3444.003 9744.003 9754.003 9704.003 9736.227 3464.003 9724.003 962

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 44: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1211

14. ChromatographySample preparation/SPE

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

The following table lists the chemical compatibility of our CHROMAFIL® materials. The chemical compatibility depends on several parameters such as time, pressure, temperature and concentration.

In most cases, CHROMAFIL®

of limited compatibility.

although PP shows only limited resistance towards THF.

Solvent Material CA RC PA PTFE PES PET GF PP

Acetaldehyde

Acetic acid, 100 %AcetoneAcetonitrile

Benzene

n–Butanol

Cyclohexane

Ethanol

Ethyl acetate

Ethylene glycol

Formic acid, 100 %

Hydrochloric acid, 30 %Methanol

Oxalic acid, 10 % aqueousPetroleum ether

Phosphoric acid, 80 %

Potassium hydroxide, 1 mol/l

2–Propanol

Sodium hydroxide, 1 mol/l

Tetrachloromethane

Tetrahydrofuran

Toluene

Trichloroethene

Trichloromethane

Water

Xylene

resistant, not resistant, limited resistance

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 45: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1212

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Colu

mns fo

r HPLC

NUCLEODUR® is a fully synthetical type B silica (silica of 3rd

advanced physical properties like totally spherical particle shape, outstanding surface microstructure, high pressure stability and low metal content.

NUCLEODUR® as a state-of-the-art silica is the ideal base material for modern HPLC

pioneering research in chromatography for

NUCLEOSIL® silica.

ca itself. Shortcomings in the surface geometry of the particles or metal contaminants are the main reasons for inadequate coverage with the covalently bonded alkylsilanes in the subsequent derivatization steps. It is well known, that poor surface coverage and, in con-sequence, high activity of residual free silanols often results in peak tailing or adsorption, particularly with basic compounds.

Particle shape and surface symmetry

NUCLEODUR® silicas are synthesized in a unique and carefully controlled manufacturing process which pro-vides silica particles, which are totally spherical. The picture shows the outstanding smoothness of the NUCLEODUR® surface.

Purity

As already mentioned above, a highly pure silica is re-quired for achieving symmetric peak shapes and maxi-mum resolution. Inclusions of e. g. iron or alkaline earth metal ions on the silica surface are largely responsible for the unwanted interactions with ionizable analytes, e. g. amines or phenolic compounds.

NUCLEODUR® is virtually free of metal impurities and low acidic surface silanols. Elemental analysis data of NUCLEODUR®

Elementary analysis (metal ions) of NUCLEODUR® 100-5

Aluminium < 5 ppm

Iron < 5 ppm

Sodium < 5 ppm

Calcium < 10 ppm

Titanium < 1 ppm

Zirconium < 1 ppm

Arsenic < 0.5 ppm

Mercury < 0.05 ppm

Pressure stability

The totally spherical and 100% synthetic silica gel ex-hibits an outstanding mechanical stability, even at

rates.

In addition, after several cycles of repeated packing, no

ter is of prime importance for preparative and process-scale applications.

Physical properties of NUCLEODUR®

Surface (BET) 340 m2/g

Pore size 110 Å

Pore volume 0.9 ml/g

NUCLEODUR®

on NUCLEODUR® silica have been developed over the last years providing a full range of

every separation:

NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity and C8 Gravity

NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis

NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid

NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP

NUCLEODUR® CN and CN-RP

NUCLEODUR® NH2 and NH2-RP

NUCLEODUR® C18 ec and C8 ec

For important properties of NUCLEODUR® phases please see our summary.

NUCLEODUR® high purity silica for HPLC

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 46: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Colu

mns fo

r HPLC

Phase

A B C

C18 Gravity

, high

L1

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

C8 Gravity

L7

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

C18 Isis

L1 NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

C18 Pyramid

C18

L1

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n OH

OH

Sphinx RP 18

L1 L11 NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

C18 ec

L1

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

Si OSi(CH3)3

Si OH

C8 ec

L7

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

Si OSi(CH3)3

Si OH

CN /

L10

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n

Si OSi(CH3)3

Si OH

C N

C N

NH2 / NH2 L8

NU

CLE

OD

UR

®

(Si-O

2) n Si

Si

OH

OH

NH2

NH2

SiOH L3 (Si-O2)n Si OH

Overview of NUCLEODUR® HPLC phases

1213

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 47: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1214

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Columns for H

PLC

NUCLEOSIL® C18 HD®

18 18;® C18 (2),

® ®

®

only hydrophobic

interactions

O

NH3C

CH3Si(CH3)3

18 NUCLEOSIL® C8 HD®

8 8;® C8;

®

NUCLEOSIL® C18 AB®

®

steric interactions

hydrophobic

interactions

®; ® AQ;

®

hydrophobic

interactions

polar interactions

O

OH

N

H3C

CH3

hydrophobic

interactions NO2

18 phase

NUCLEOSIL® C18 ® ®

® C18; ® ®

®

only hydrophobic

interactions

O

NH3C

CH3Si(CH3)3

SiOH

8

NUCLEOSIL® C8 ec / C8® ®

® C8; ® ®

NUCLEOSIL®

,

polar interactions

hydrophobic

interactions

O

HOC N

C N

NUCLEOSIL®

NH2 / NH2

polar / ionic

interactions,

hydrophobic

interactions

NH3

+

OH

O

® polar / ionic

interactionsO2NSiOH

An optimised phase for every separations

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 48: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Colu

mns fo

r HPLC

decrease of analysis time (ultra fast HPLC)

suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics

all NUCLEODUR®

C

NUCLEODUR®

®

NUCLEODUR® C Competitor A

Column: 50 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® C18 GravityA) 3 µm, B) 1.8 µm

Eluent: acetonitrile – water (80:20, v/v)

Flow rate: 2 ml/min

Pressure: A) 80 bar, B) 160 bar

Detection: UV, 254 nm

Peaks:

1. Naphthalene2. Ethylbenzene

0.4 0.6

A)

3 µm

Rs = 1.11

1

2

0.4 0.6 min

B)

1.8 µm

Rs = 1.42

1

2

min0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

1.8 µm, 3.00 ml/min (320 bar)

1.8 µm, 2.00 ml/min (220 bar)

1.8 µm, 1.15 ml/min (125 bar)

o-Terphenyl

m-Terphenyl

p-Terphenyl

Triphenylene

5 µm, 0.8 ml min (50 bar)

Column: 50 x 4 mm (for 5 µm

125 x 4 mm) NUCLEODUR®

C18 IsisEluent: 100 % methanol

Flow rates and pressure see

Detection: UV, 254 nm

1215

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 49: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1216

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

HPLC columns with NUCLEODURfi PhasenNUCLEODUR® C18 - C 8 Gravity nonpolar high density phasesavailable as octadecyl (C18 -USP L!) and octyl (C8 - USP L7) modificationsPore size 110 Ä; particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm for C18, 1.8 and 5 µm for C87, 10, 12 and 16 µm particles for preparative separations on requestcarbon content 18 % C for C18 , 11 % C for C8ideal for method developmentallows HPLC at pH extremes (pH 1 - 11)suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristicsrecommended for overall sophisticated analytical separationscompound classes separated so far: pharmaceuticals, e.g. analgesics, antiinflammatory drugs, antidepressants; herbicides; phytopharmaceuticals; immunosppressants

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 1.8µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 1.8µm, 18% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

3030303050505050

11111111

4.004 3924.004 3934.004 3944.004 3954.004 3964.004 3974.004 3984.004 399

Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 3µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 3µm, 18% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 4004.004 4014.004 4024.004 4034.004 4046.232 3334.004 4054.004 4064.004 4114.004 4124.004 4134.004 4144.004 4074.004 4084.004 4094.004 410

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 3µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6244.004 625

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 50: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1217

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 5µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm, 18% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 4224.004 4234.004 4244.004 4254.004 4154.004 4164.004 4174.004 4184.004 4264.004 4274.004 4284.004 4294.004 4194.004 4206.224 5114.004 421

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Gravityparticle size 5, 10 µm, 11 % C MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm ID10 mm ID10 mm i.d.

5025010

112

4.004 7734.004 7754.004 780

*

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

7.510 9124.004 626

Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 1.8µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 1.8 µm, 11% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

3030303050505050

11111111

4.004 5634.004 5644.004 5654.004 5664.004 5594.004 5604.004 5614.004 562

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 51: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1218

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 5µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm, 11% C MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 5434.004 5444.004 5454.004 5464.004 5474.004 5484.004 5494.004 5504.004 5514.004 5524.004 5534.004 5544.004 5554.004 5564.004 5574.004 558

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 5 µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 7194.004 720

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C8 Gravityparticle size 5 µm, 11 % CAvailable on request.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 52: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

NUCLEODURfi C Isis phase with high steric selectivityC18 phase with special polymeric, crosslinked surface modification - USP L1pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 20 % Chigh steric selectivityoutstanding surface deactivationsuitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristicspH stability 1 - 10broad range of application: steroids, (o,p,m-) substituted aromatics, fat-soluble vitamins

MACHEREY-NAGEL

1219

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

18 silanes and appropriate polymeric bonding technolo-

gies a dense shield of alkyl chains protects the subjacent silica matrix. ® C18

The target crosslinking of the C18 chains on the surface enables the sepa-

ration of compounds with similar molecular structure but different stereo-

chemical properties. The technical term for this feature is steric selectivity.

Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis

NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis, monomerically coated C18 phase, C18 phase with polar endcappingEluent: methanol – water (90:10, v/v)

Peaks:

1. o-Terphenylm-Terphenylp-Terphenyl

The separation of o-terphenyl and triphenylene is a concrete example to

evaluate the selectivity potential of a reversed phase column in terms of

the different shape of two molecules. The phenyl rings of o-terphenyl are

twisted out of plane while triphenylene has a planar geometry.

® C18 Isis compared to a conventional C18 column.

Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis

Peaks: 1. o

0 5 10

1

2

= 1.35

monomerically

coated C18 phase

NUCLEODUR®

C18 Isis

0 5 10 min

1

2

= 1.93

0 1 2 3 4 5

1

2

34

min

C18 Isis

monomeric C18

C18, polar endcapping

Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 1.8µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 1.8µm, 20% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.

3030303050505050100

111111111

4.004 5014.004 5024.004 5034.004 5044.004 4974.004 4984.004 4994.004 5004.006 019

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 53: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1220

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 3µmEC analytical columns particle size 3µm, 20% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050100125125125125150150150150250250250250

11111111111111111

4.004 4814.004 4824.004 4834.004 4844.006 0204.004 4854.004 4864.004 4874.004 4884.004 4894.004 4904.004 4914.004 4924.004 4934.004 4944.004 4954.004 496

VarioPrep preparative columnsparticle size 10µm, 18% C MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm40 mm i.d. 250 1 4.004 782

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 3µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6294.004 630

Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 5µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm, 20% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050100125125125125150150150150250250250250

11111111111111111

4.004 5054.004 5064.004 5074.004 5084.006 0214.004 5094.004 5104.004 5114.004 5124.004 5134.004 5144.004 5154.004 5164.004 5174.004 5184.004 5194.004 520

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6404.004 641

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 54: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1221

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Isisparticle size 5µm, 20% C MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm21 mm i.d.10 mm i.d.

50250

11

4.004 8014.004 797

VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC C18 Isis, 3, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

8 mm i.d.16 mm i.d.

22

4.004 8024.004 803

10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the VP 8mm guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the VP guard column holder 16mm and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.

NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid phase for highly aqueous eluentsstabel in 100 % aqueous eluent systems- SUP L1pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 14 % C7 and 10 µm particles for preparative separations on requestinteresting polar selectivity featuresexcellent base deactivation; suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristicspH stability 1 - 9classes of compounds separated so far: analgesics, penicillin antibiotics, nucleic acid bases, water-soluble vitamins, complexing agetns, organic acids

MACHEREY-NAGEL

RP HPLC with highly aqueous eluents

Stability features

® C18

® C18

®

C18

Retention characteristics

tional C18

Stability test

initial injection

0

1

2

3

1

2

1

2

3

3

5 min 0 5 min

Pyramid

18

stop

stop

2 4

1 µl Peaks:

Separation of very polar compounds ® C18

4

Peaks:

1

2

20 min

t0

Length

mm1020

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 55: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1222

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 1.8µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 1.8µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

3030303050505050

11111111

4.004 4734.004 4744.004 4754.004 4764.004 4774.004 4784.004 4794.004 480

Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 3µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 3µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 4694.004 4704.004 4714.004 4724.004 4584.004 4594.004 4606.232 7964.004 4614.004 4624.004 4634.004 4644.004 4654.004 4664.004 4674.004 468

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 3µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4,6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 7394.004 740

Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 5µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 4434.004 4444.004 4454.004 4464.004 4474.004 4484.004 4494.004 4504.004 4544.004 4554.004 4564.004 4574.004 4514.004 4526.226 9134.004 453

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 56: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1223

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4,6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 7214.004 722

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Pyramidparticle size 5µm, 14% C MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d.21 mm i.d.

250250

11

4.004 7834.004 785

VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC C18 Pyramid, 3, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

8 mm i.d.16 mm i.d.

22

4.004 7884.004 789

VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.

NUCLEODURfi Sphinx RP bifunctional RP phasedistinct selectivity based on bifunctional surface coverage - USP L1 and USP L11pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 14 % Chigh density of covalently bonded silanes for tailing-free peaks widens the scope for method developmentpH stability 1 - 10suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristicshigh reproducibility and consistent quality due to tight QC proceduresrange of application: quinolone antibiotics, sulfonamides, xanthines, substituted aromatics

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Length

mm1020

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 57: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1224

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Alternative RP selectivity

®

selectivity features generated by a well-balanced ratio of

bination of classical hydrophobic with interactions

®

®

peak shapes even for strongly basic analytes

®

®

® Gravity ®

® phases

A) NUCLEODUR® C8 Gravity, 5 µmB) NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 5 µmC) NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP, 5 µm

Peaks:

0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 min

1 2 3 4 5 6

A

B

C

Nucleodurfi , Sphinx RP, 1.8µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 1.8µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

3030303050505050

11111111

4.004 5984.004 5994.004 6004.004 6014.004 6024.004 6034.004 6044.004 605

Nucleodurfi , Sphinx RP, 3µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 3µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 5864.004 5874.004 5884.004 5894.004 5904.004 5914.004 5924.004 5934.004 5824.004 5834.004 5844.004 5854.004 5944.004 5954.004 5964.004 597

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 58: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1225

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 SPHINX RP, 3µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6964.004 697

Nucleodurfi, Sphinx RP, 5µmEC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm, 14% C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150150150150250250250250

1111111111111111

4.004 5674.004 5684.004 5694.004 5704.004 5714.004 5724.004 5734.004 5744.004 5754.004 5766.225 9714.004 5774.004 5784.004 5794.004 5804.004 581

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 SPHINX RP, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4,6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6814.004 682

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 SPHINX RPparticle size 5µm, 14% C MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d.10 mm i.d.

50250

11

4.004 7904.004 791

VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC SPHINX RP, 3, 5µmMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

8 mm i.d.16 mm i.d.

22

4.004 7954.004 796

10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 59: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1226

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

NUCLEODURfi C18 ec - C8 ec nonpolar phases for routine analysesavailable with medium density octadecyl (C18 - USP L1) and octyl (C8 - USP L7)modificationpore size 110 Ä, particle sizes, 3 µm and 5 µm;7 µm, 10 µm, 12 µm, 16 µm, 20 µm, 30 µm und 50 µm for preparative separations on requestfor daily routine analysis and up-scaling for preparative HPLCpH stability 1 - 9carbon content 17.5 % C for C18 , 10.5 % C for C8high reproducibility from lot to lotfor standard routine applications in reversed phase chromatography

MACHEREY-NAGEL

NUCLEODUR® C18 ec for daily routine analysis and

up-scaling in preparative HPLC

® C18

Chemical stability

High loadability

NUCLEODUR® octyl phases

the C8

18

18

Separation of phenols® C8 ec /

C18 ec

8

18

Peaks:

C8 ec

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

C18 ec

1

0 5 10 15 20min

2

4

35

6

7

89

8 and C18

8

18

8 phases

Nucleodurfi 100-3 C18 ecEC analytical columnsOctadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 3µm

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150250250250250

1111111111111

4.004 3754.004 3764.004 3774.004 3789.003 7969.003 7979.003 7989.003 7999.003 8009.003 8019.003 8029.003 8039.003 804

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 60: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1227

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-3 C18 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.

33

9.003 7949.003 795

Nucleodurfi 100-5 C18 ecEC analytical columnsOctadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 5µm

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150250250250250

1111111111111

4.004 3684.004 3694.004 3704.004 3719.003 8169.003 8179.003 8189.003 8199.003 8209.003 8219.003 8229.003 8239.003 824

Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-5 C18 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.

33

9.003 8149.003 815

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-5 C18 ecOctadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d. 250 1 4.004 752

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-7 C18 ecOctadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 7µm MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d.10 mm i.d.

50250

11

4.004 7594.004 757

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-10 C18 ecOctadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 10µm MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d.21 mm i.d.10 mm i.d.

5050250

111

4.004 7494.004 7514.004 745

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 61: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1228

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC 100-5, 100-7, 100-10, C18 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

8 mm i.d.16 mm i.d.

22

4.004 7694.004 770

10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.

Nucleodurfi 100-3 C8 ecEC analytical columnsOctyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 3µm

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150250250250250

1111111111111

4.004 3884.004 3894.004 3904.004 3914.004 3794.004 3804.004 3814.004 3824.004 3834.004 3844.004 3854.004 3864.004 387

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-3 C8 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 6074.004 608

Nucleodurfi 100-5 C8 ecEC analytical columnsOctyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 5µm

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50505050125125125125150250250250250

1111111111111

4.004 5214.004 5224.004 5234.004 5244.004 5254.004 5264.004 5274.004 5284.004 5294.004 5304.004 5314.004 5326.228 531

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 C8 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d.

33

4.004 7084.004 709

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 62: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1229

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

VarioPrep preparative columnsOctyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d.10 mm i.d.

50250

11

4.004 7674.004 761

VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC 100-5 C8 ecMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

10 mm i.d.21 mm i.d.

22

4.004 7714.004 772

10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.

NUCLEODURfi CN/CN-RP cyano-modified high purity silica phasepore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 3 µm and 5 µm; 7 % C - USP L10multi-mode columns (RP and NP)widens the scope in selectivitydiffernet retention characteristics compared to C8 and C18stable against hydrolysis at low pH values, working range pH 1-8high reproducibility from lot to lotclasses of compounds separated so far: tricyclic antidepressants, steroids, organic acids

MACHEREY-NAGEL

®

A) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 C18B) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 CN-RP

Peaks:

0 4 8 12 min

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

A

B

Nucleodurfi 100-3 CN-RPEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 3µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50125150150

1111

4.004 4424.004 4414.004 4394.004 440

Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-3 CN-RPMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

2 and 3 mm i.d.4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 33 4.004 6634.004 664

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 63: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1230

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN-RPEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

125125150250250

11111

4.004 4364.004 4374.004 4384.004 4344.004 435

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN-RPMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 3 4.004 655

Nucleodurfi 100-5 CNEC analytical columnseluent in column n-heptane, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

125125250250

1111

4.004 4324.004 4334.004 4304.004 431

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 CNMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 3 4.004 654As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.

NUCLEODURfi NH2 /NH2 -RP amino-modified high purity silica phasepore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 5 µm; 2.5 % C; not endcapped - USP L8multi-mode columns (RP and NP)normal phase chromatography (NP) with hexan, dichloromethane or 2-propanol as mobile phase for polar com-pounds such as substituted anilines, esters, chlorinated pesticidesreversed phase chromatography (RP) of polar compounds like sugars in aqueous-organic eluent systemsion exchange chromatography of anions and organic acids using common buffers and organic modifiersstable against hydrolysis at low pH, working range pH 2-8, 100 % stable in water, suitable for LC-MSclasses of compounds separated so far:polar compounds under RP conditions (sugars, DNA bases), hydrocarbons under NP conditionsEluent in column is n-heptane for the NP mode - RP columns are delivered in acetonitrile - water. For changing the solvent system a rinsing step with THF may be necessary.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 64: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1231

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

®2

Peaks:

0 2

2

1

3

4 5

4 6 8 10 min

Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2-RPEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

125125150250250

11111

4.004 5384.004 5394.004 5404.004 5414.004 542

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2-RPMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 3 4.004 628

Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2EC analytical columnseluent in column n-heptane, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

125125150250250

11111

4.004 5334.004 5344.004 5354.004 5364.004 537

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 3 4.004 627As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.

Unmodified NUCLEODURfi for normal phase separationstotally spherical high purity silica - USP L3pore size 110 Ä, pore volume 0.9 ml/g, surface (BET) 340 m2/g, density 0.47 g/ml,pressure stability 800 bar, pH stability 2 - 8available particle sizes 3 µm and 5 µm; larger particles (10, 12, 16, 20 , 30 and 50 µm) for preparative applications are available as bulk materials

MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 65: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1232

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleodurfi 100-5EC analytical columnsparticle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

150250250111

4.004 3744.004 3724.004 373

Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4 and 4.6 mm i.d. 3 4.004 623

VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-5particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGELType Length PK Cat. No.

mm10 mm i.d. 250 1 4.004 743

NUCLEOSILfi 100-5 C18 PAH special octadecyl phase for PAH analysisbase material NUCLEOSILfi silica, particle size 5 µm, pore size 110 Ä; polymeric coating- USP L1eluent in column acetonitrile/water 70:30allows efficient gradient separation of the 16 PAH in accordance with EPAdetection of the separated PAH by UV (250 to 280 nm), with diode array or with fluorescence detection at differentwavelegths for excitation and emission (acenaphthylene cannot be analysed with fluorescence detection)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Rapid separation of 16 PAH according to EPA® 100-5 C

Peaks:

0 10 min

5

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

91011

12

13

14

15

16

Nucleosilfi 100-5 C18 PAHEC analytical columnsoctadecyl phase PAH, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.2 mm i.d.3 mm i.d.4 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d.

50150150250250250250

1111111

4.002 4914.002 4934.002 4947.089 8554.002 3724.002 3734.002 374

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 66: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1233

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for NUCLEOSILfi 100-5 C18 PAHMACHEREY-NAGEL

As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.HPLC columns for enantiomer separation

NUCLEOCEL ALPHA enantiomer separation based on amylose derivativesbase material silica,chiral selector amylose-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L51similar phases: Chiralpakfi AD, Kromasilfi, AmyCoatfi, Europak 01high resolution type (S) with 5 µm particle size, allows use of shorter columns (150 mm) for faster separations, pres-sure stability up to ~ 150 bar(2000 psi)NUCLEOCEL ALPHA for normal phase applications:eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v)typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixturesNUCLEOCEL ALPHA-RP for reversed phase applications:eluent in column acetonitrile - water (50:50), v/v)designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts suchas perchloraterecommended application: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB), chiral compounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Enantiomer separation of hexobarbital

Column: 250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL ALPHA SEluent: n-heptane – 2-propanol (80:20, v/v)Flow rate: 1 ml/minTemperature: 22 °CDetection: UV, 210 nm Injection volume: 5 µlConcentration: 1 µg/µl

MN Appl. No. 121940

= 1.39

Rs = 3.78

N

NH

O O

O

CH3

CH3

0 5 10 15 min

Nucleocel ALPHA SEC analytical columnseluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5 µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d. 150250 11 4.002 477

4.002 478

Guard columns for Nucleocel ALPHA SMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 509

Nucleocel ALPHA-RP SEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d. 150250 11 4.002 479

4.002 480

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 67: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1234

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for Nucleocel ALPHA-RP SMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 510As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC. 8mm ChromChartfi guard column cartridges inpacks of 3, all other columns in packs of 1.

HPLC columns for enantiomer separationNUCLEOCEL DELTA enantiomer separation based on cellulose derivativesbase material silica,chiral selector Cellulosetris-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L40similar phases: Chiralcelfi OD, Kromasilfi, CelluCoat™, Eurocelfi 01standard particle size 10 µm,high resolution type (S) with 5 µm particle size, allows use of shorter columns (150 mm) for faster separations, pres-sure stability up to ~ 150 bar (2000 psi)NUCLEOCEL DELTA for normal phase applications:eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v)typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixturesNUCLEOCEL DELTA-RP for reversed phase applications:eluent in column acetonitrile - water (40:60), v/v)designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts suchas perchloraterecommended applications: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB), chiralcompounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Column: 250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL DELTA

Eluent: n-heptane – 2-propanol (90:10, v/v)

Flow rate: 1 ml/minTemperature: 25 °CDetection: UV, 254 nm Injection volume: 5 µl

MN Appl. No. 121260

= 1.29

Rs = 2.6

0 10 min

O

O

Nucleocel DELTA SEC analytical columnseluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d. 150250 11 4.002 446

4.002 445

Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA SMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 511

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 68: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1235

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nucleocel DELTAEC analytical columnseluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 10µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d. 250 1 4.002 444

Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTAMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 513

Nucleocel DELTA-RP SEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d.4.6 mm i.d. 150250 11 4.002 449

4.002 448

Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA-RP SMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 512

Nucleocel DELTA-RPEC analytical columnseluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 10µm MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm4.6 mm i.d. 250 1 4.002 447

Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA-RPMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

4.6 mm i.d. 1 4.002 514

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 69: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1236

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

®

Injection volume: 5 µl

2 4

Temperature: 35 °C

Citric acid

Tartaric acid

Pyruvic acid

Lactic acid

Propionic acid

i

0 5 10 15 20 25

®

Cellobiose

Trehalose

Lactose

Palatinose

Lactulose

Xylose

Lactitol

Palatitol

meso

Xylitol

0 5 10 15 20

Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 HValco type columnsseparation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17eluent in column 0.01N H2SO4

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm7.8 mm i.d. 300 1 4.002 276

Guard columns for Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 HMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

7.8 mm i.d. 2 4.002 277

NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 separation of sugarssulphonated polystyrene/divinylbenzene resins in diffent ionic formsand RP chromatographyseparation mechanism includes ion exclusion, ion exchange, size exclusion, ligand exchange as well as NP and RP chromatographyH+ form: separation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17 - eluent in column 0.01 N H2SO4Ca2+ form: separation of mono-, di- and oligosaccharides - USP L19eluent in column water

MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 70: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 CaValco type columnsseparation of mono-, di- and oliogosaccharides - USP L19eluent in column water

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Length PK Cat. No.

mm7.8 mm i.d. 300 1 4.002 274

1237

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Guard columns for NUCLEOGEL fi SUGAR 810 CaMACHEREY-NAGEL

Type PK Cat. No.

7.8 mm i.d. 2 4.002 275ChromCart Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 guard column cartridges measure 30 x 4mm and require the 30mm CC column holder, (columns in packs of 1, guard columns in packs of 2

MN column systemsVarioPrep columnscolumn system for preparative HPLC manufactured from stainless steel with one adjustable end fitting (on request, columns with two adjustable end fittingsare also available, e.g for frequent use of backflushing techniques)allows compensation of a dead volume, which could result at the column inlet after some time of operation, without need for opening the columnpacked with NUCLEODURfi and NUCLEOSILfi spherical silica

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Available standard dimensions of

[mm]

Length [mm]

10* 20* 50 100 125 150 250 500

8 x x x x x10 x x x x x16 x x x x x21 x x x x x32 x x x40 x x x x x x50 x x x80 x x x

VarioPrep guard column holders and replacement partsO-rings available on request.1

MACHEREY-NAGEL1

Description PK Cat. No.

for 8 and 10 mm ID guard columnsfor 16 and 21 mm ID guard columns 11 4.002 1764.002 175

Accessories for VarioPrep2MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

VP plunger fitting 10 mmVP nut 10 mmVP sealing element set 10 mmVP sealing ring set 10 mmVP MN Inert sealing combination 10 mmVP plunger fitting 21 mmVP nut 21 mmVP sealing element set 21 mmVP sealing ring set 21 mmVP MN Inert sealing combination 21 mm

1111111111

4.002 2094.002 2104.002 2184.002 2124.002 2114.002 2154.002 2164.002 2134.002 2144.002 217

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 71: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1238

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/HPLC

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

MN column systemsEC standard columns for analytical HPLCanalytical column system manufactured from stainless steel M 8 outer threads on both endscombination of sealing element and very fine-meshed stainless steel screen, PTFE sealing ring and fitting adaptor column heads SW 12 with inner threads M8 x 0.75 and UNF 10-32as built -in guard columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with 8 mm lenght with the guard column adaptor ECpacked with NUCLEODURfi spherical silica

MACHEREY-NAGEL

[mm] 8* 20 50 75 100 125 150 200 250

2 – x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x

4 x x x x x x x x x x x

– x x x x x x x x x x

Accessories and replacement parts for EC columnsMACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

Guard column adapter EC1/16" nut fpr connecting 1/16" capillaries1/16" ferrule1/16" end cap, plasticEC fitting adaptorEC column head (nut)EC PTFE sealing ringsealing-set combination for EC columns

11111111

7.081 8984.002 1794.002 1804.002 1784.002 2194.002 2204.002 2214.002 222

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 72: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1239

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Flash columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromabondfi Flash cartridges for Biotagefi systemsproduct range designed for use in Flash systems of Biotage AB (Flash 12i™ andFlashMaster™) without additional connectors or capillarieson request all column types listed below can be packed with any Chromabondfi adsorbent (please note that other packings often result in differing adsorbent weights)Chromabondfi Flash RS columns for Teledyne Iscofi systems (RS) on request.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Description Columnlength

Int.dia.

Capacity PK Cat. No.

cm mm gCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 15/2 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 25/5 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 25/10 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 70/10 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 70/20 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 70/25 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 150/25 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 150/50 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 150/70 SiOHCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 15/2 C18 ecCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 25/5 C18 ecCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 70/10 C18 ecCHROMABONDfi Flash FM 150/50 C18 ec

9.010.010.015.415.415.417.017.017.09.010.015.417.0

15.8020.5020.5026.8026.8026.8038.2038.2038.2015.8020.5026.8038.20

2.05.010.010.020.025.025.050.070.02.05.010.050.0

50505030303020201050202010

4.003 7854.003 7924.003 6934.003 7874.003 7994.003 7934.003 6944.003 7894.003 7844.003 7914.003 7864.003 7884.003 790

Silica adsorbents for low pressure column chromatographystandard silica 60, pore size ~ 60 Å; pore volume ~ 0.75 ml/g; spec. surface BET ~ 500 m2/ghighly porous, amorphous silicic acid in the form of hard, opalescent particles, prepared by precipitation of water glass withsulphuric acid.For higher demands on the performance of column packings we recommend our high-purity irregular Polygoprep silicas.silica FIA for the fluorescence indicator adsorption procedure for the determination of hydrocarbon groups in the testing of liquid fuels in accordance with DIN51791 and ASTM D 1319-58TThe FIA method determines saturated hydrocarbons, olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons of a sample chromatographically by adsorption and desorption in acolumn filled with FIA silica, in the presence of a fluorescent dye mixture

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description particle size Weight PK Cat. No.mesh/mm kg

Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, < 0.063 mmSilica 60, < 0.08 mmSilica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mmSilica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mmSilica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, < 0.063 mmSilica 60, < 0.08 mmSilica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mmSilica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mmSilica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mmSilica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mmSilica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mmSilica 60, < 0.063 mmSilica 60, < 0.08 mmSilica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mmSilica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mmSilicia FIA fineSilicia FIA coarse

230 - 400 mesh230 - 400 mesh130 - 270 mesh70 - 270 mesh70 - 230 mesh+ 230 mesh+ 190 mesh70 - 130 mesh35 - 70 mesh18 - 35 mesh

230 - 400 mesh230 - 400 mesh130 - 270 mesh70 - 270 mesh70 - 230 mesh+ 230 mesh+ 190 mesh70 - 130 mesh35 - 70 mesh18 - 35 mesh

230 - 400 mesh230 - 400 mesh130 - 270 mesh70 - 270 mesh70 - 230 mesh+ 230 mesh+ 190 mesh35 - 70 mesh18 - 35 mesh0.071 - 0.16 mm0.071 - 0.63 mm

111111111111555555555555252525252525252525252511

1111111111111111111111111111111111111

4.004 9994.004 9484.004 9684.004 9714.004 9744.004 9544.004 9574.004 9774.004 9514.004 9604.004 9624.004 9654.005 0014.004 9504.004 9704.004 9734.004 9764.004 9564.004 9594.004 9794.004 9534.004 9614.004 9644.004 9674.005 0004.004 9494.004 9694.004 9724.004 9754.004 9554.004 9584.004 9784.004 9524.004 9634.004 9664.004 9804.004 981

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 73: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1240

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Flash columns-Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Aluminium oxide adsorbents for column chromatographyaluminium oxides produced by dehydration of different aluminium hydroxides, e. g. hydrargillite between 400 and 500°C,activity grade I, particle size 50 to 200µm, specific surface (BET) ~ 130m²/g MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Range Weight PK Cat. No.pH kg

Aluminium oxide 90 basicAluminium oxide 90 neutralAluminium oxide 90 acidicAluminium oxide 90 basicAluminium oxide 90 neutralAluminium oxide 90 acidicAluminium oxide 90 basicAluminium oxide 90 neutralAluminium oxide 90 acidic

pH 9,5 ± 0,3pH 7 ± 0,5pH 4 ± 0,3pH 9,5 ± 0,3pH 7 ± 0,5pH 4 ± 0,3pH 9,5 ± 0,3pH 7 ± 0,5pH 4 ± 0,3

111555252525

111111111

4.004 9346.231 7264.004 9394.004 9364.004 9384.004 9414.004 9354.004 9374.004 940

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 74: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Safety Specialist

Safetyfor Laboratory

and Production

Waste-

Management

Fire

-re

sis

tan

t

Level control

HPLC Extraction

Page 75: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1242

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Safety CapsThe integral air filter blocks hazardous vapours and cleans the inflowing air from dustand dirt particles. With various connectors for capillaries and tubes. Safety Caps areavailable for most common glass bottles (e.g. thread size GL45). They can be customized for other container sizes byusing different adapters. Especially recommended for HPLC use: Solvents stay clean and components of solvent mix-tures can not evaporate. Optimum protection against health hazards caused by evaporation and insufficient sealing.Key advantages:- no evaporation of hazardous gases- no contamination of solvents- no crimping of connection tubing- easy container exchange- no air intake (HPLC)- cost efficiency (save expensive solvents by avoiding evaporation)

1Scat

1

Safety CapsSafe solvent supply.With integral air filter vent. For maximum efficiency, we recommend that the vent is changed every 6 months. The filtermembrane absorbs dust and dirt particles to protect your solvent reservoirs. The vent is universally suitable for all Safety Caps: it also works with your cur-rent Safety Caps. Simply replace the old vent with the new one.

2 3Scat

Description Connections PK Cat. No.

Safety Caps I, GL45Safety Caps II, GL45Safety Caps III, GL45Safety Caps IV, GL45Safety Caps VI, GL45Safety Caps I, with 1 stopcock, GL45Safety Caps II, with 2 stopcocks, GL45Safety Caps III, with 3 stopcocks, GL45Safety Caps IV, with 4 stopcocks, GL45Safety Caps VI, with 6 stopcocks, GL45Safety Caps II, combined, GL45 (1with stopcock / 1 without stopcock)Safety Caps III, combined, GL45 (2 with stopcocks / 1 without stopcock)Safety Caps I, for 3/16", GL45Safety Caps II for NS 29/32 bottles

1 capillary (3.2mm o.d.)2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)4 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)6 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)1 capillary (3.2mm o.d.)2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)4 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)6 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)1 capillary (3/16" o.d.)2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)

11111111111111

9.139 8509.139 8519.139 8529.139 8539.139 8549.139 8559.139 8569.139 8579.139 8589.139 8599.139 8609.139 8619.139 8629.139 863

2 3

Pressure relief valve for SafetyCapsPressure relief valve for SafetyCaps, with integral air filter.The valve opens when the HPLC pump is operated, and allows air to flow into the bottle- this prevents a vacuum buiding up in the bottle. As soon as the pump stops, the membrane immediately seals shut and no dangerous solvent vapours canescape.

4Scat

4

Description PK Cat. No.

Pressure relief valve for SafetyCapsPressure relief valve for SafetyCaps (refill pack) 110 9.139 8644.005 886

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 76: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

SafetyCaps Basic fire-resistantFor GL45 necked solvent reservoirs in HPLC devices- fire-resistant- orange- optionally available with 1 to 6 connectors

1Scat

1

Description Connections PK Cat. No.

SafetyCap I GL45SafetyCap II GL45SafetyCap III GL45SafetyCap IV GL45SafetyCap VI GL45

1 x connector 3.2mm o.d.2 x connector 3.2mm o.d.3 x connector 3.2mm o.d.4 x connector 3.2mm o.d.6 x connector 3.2mm o.d.

11111

4.005 7704.005 7804.005 7814.005 7764.005 779

SafetyCaps with shutoff fire-resistantFor GL45-necked, solvent reservoirs in HPLC devices- with shutoff- fire-resistant- orange- optionally available with 1 to 6 connectors

2Scat

2

Description Connections PK Cat. No.

SafetyCap I GL45SafetyCap II GL45SafetyCap II GL45SafetyCap IV GL45SafetyCap VI GL45

1 x connector 3.2mm o.d. with shutoff2 x connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff3 x connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff4 x connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff6 x connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff

11111

4.005 7724.005 7854.005 7864.005 7774.005 778

Fire-resistant pressure relief valve, orange, for SafetyCapsThe valve opens when the HPLC pump is operated, and allows air to flow into the bottle- this prevents vacuum building up within the bottle. As soon as the pump stops, themembrane immediately seals shut and no dangerous solvent vapours can escape.

3Scat

3

Description PK Cat. No.

pressure relief valve SafetyCaps, with integral air filter 1 4.005 769

SafetyWasteCaps fire-resistant, orangeFor GL45 necked, solvent reservoirs in HPLC systems. Stopper systems - made up of acap and safety funnel (on request) - offer great flexibility in the area of application anduse. Through the use of pure PTFE and HDPE, SafetyWasteCaps are resistant to aggressive media, e.g. organic solvents, acids and bases.

4Scat

4

Description Description PK Cat. No.

SafetyWasteCap GL45

SafetyWasteCap GL45SafetyWasteCap GL45SafetyWasteCap GL45

1 x safety funnel with mesh sieve,1 x connector 2.3/3.2mm o.d.1 x connection tubing 6.4mm i.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.3 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

1

111

4.005 773

4.005 7884.005 7834.005 787

1243

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 77: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1244

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Safety Waste Caps S-thread with tube connection- different thread diameters- optional 1 to 4 connections- exhaust filter- safety funnel- level control

4Scat

4

Thread Connections PK Cat. No.

S51S55S60/61S60/61S70/71S90

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.3 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.

111111

4.005 5834.005 5849.139 8679.139 8684.005 5859.139 870

Exhaust air filters, fire-resistant, for Safety Waste CapsFire-resistant exhaust air filter, orange. For flammable liquids.1

ScatDescription PK Cat. No.

Exhaust air filter Size S (24g), fire-resistantExhaust air filter Size M (48g), fire-resistant 11 4.005 7824.005 784

1

Safety Waste CapsFor safe disposal of liquid waste.Safety Waste Caps have a connection for exhaust vent filter.The exhaust vent filter absorbs 99% of all volatile substances that can evaporate from the containers during solventdisposal. For optimum protection of health and environment. Safety Waste Caps are manufactured of pure PTFE andHDPE, ensuring maximum chemical resistance against organic solvents and other aggressive chemicals.Please order exhaust vent filter separately.

2 3Scat

2 3

Thread Connections PK Cat. No.

GL45GL45GL803 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2 mm o.d.2 connectors Ø 2,3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4 mm i.d.4 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4 mm i.d.

1119.139 8659.139 8669.139 869

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 78: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Safety Waste CapsB-thread with tube connection.1

Scat1

Thread Connections PK Cat. No.

53B83B

4 x connector 2.3/3.2mm o.d.1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.4 x connector 2.3/3.2mm o.d.1 x connector 6.4mm i.d.

11

4.005 4414.005 438

Charcoal filters for Safety Waste CapsThere are three sizes of absorbent charcoal filters (with capacity for 3, 6 or 9 monthsrespectively) available:2

Scat

Filterpacking

PK Cat. No.g2448100

1119.139 8719.139 8729.139 873

2

1245

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Exhaust air filter for Safety Waste Caps with splash guardThe filter cleans the exhaust air of solvent vapours. With a specific surface area of1200m²/g, our special, activated charcoal-based, granulate is the optimum filtermedium for almost all solvent vapours - 99% of all volatile substances are absorbed.

3Scat

3

Size Filterpacking

Description PK Cat. No.g

Exhaust air filter S - smallExhaust air filter M - mediumExhaust air filter L - large2448100

with splash guardwith splash guardwith splash guard111

4.005 6344.005 6314.005 635

Exhaust air filter supply pack for Safety Waste CapsExhaust air filter supply pack (blue)

4Scat

Description Filterpacking

PK Cat. No.g

Supply pack SSupply pack M 2448 43 4.005 8844.005 885

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 79: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1246

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Safety Waste Caps with safety funnelPress the locking mechanism to open the funnel when disposing liquid waste. Whenreleasing, the funnel will close automatically and seal the container safely. With integral exhaust filter, for optimum protection against hazardous vapours and gases. Each cap has different connectors for multiple capillaries.

3Scat

Thread Connections PK Cat. No.

S 50S 55S 60 / 61S 65S 70 / 7183BS 90S 95

2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.

11111111

9.139 8749.139 8759.139 8769.139 8779.139 8789.139 8799.139 8809.139 881

3

Safety Waste Caps with mechanical level control- proven SCAT technology for SafetyWasteCaps- different thread diameters- choice of 1 to 4 connections- exhaust filter- safety funnel- mechanical level control- option: SafeLock- supplied as a set with connectors

4 5Scat

4

5

Thread Connections PK Cat. No.

S55S60/61S902 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.

1114.005 6124.005 6134.005 616

Side collectors for Safety Waste CapsSide collectors for tube connectors.1

Scat

Description PK Cat. No.

2 x connectors 3.2 mm o.d., 1 x tube 6.4 i.d.3 x tube 6.4 mm i.d.2 x tube 6.4 mm i.d.3 x connectors 3.2 mm o.d.

1111

4.005 8594.005 8644.005 8659.139 888

1

Collectors for Safety Waste CapsWith fittings and ferrules 3.2 mm.Straight µanifold for tubing connector.2

Scat

Description PK Cat. No.

3 connection collector for 3 capillaries with 3.2mm o.d.8 connection collector for 8 capillaries with 3.2mm o.d. 11 9.139 8889.139 889

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 80: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Level control, electronic, contactlessMonitor up to 15 containers simultaneouslyExternal devices, e.g. pumps or valves, can additionally be controlled via a contactswitch (floating output contact). All signal boxes are delivered with power supply (110/230V).Disk sensorLevel control without contacting the contents of the container. The sensitivity of the sensor can be adjusted to diffe-rent wall thicknesses. Suitable for all containers made in glass and non-conductive plastic. Not suitable for stainlesssteel containers and canisters made of electro-conductive plastic.Cable for transmission to signal box and for the connection of peripheral devices.Combine the extension cable to monitor containers at a distance of up to 200 metres. Control the connected devicevia a switch cable with a potential free contact.

1Scat

1

Description Description PK Cat. No.

Full level SafetySet

Low level SafetySet

Signal box withdisk fill level senor (1 channel),220V EU power supply, signal cable 3 meters,Fastening material for sensorSignal box withdisk low level senor (1 channel),220V EU power supply, signal cable 3 meters,Fastening material for sensor

1

1

4.005 638

4.005 797

1247

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Fittings and Ferrules for Safety Waste Caps2Scat

Description PK Cat. No.

PP Fittings, universalPP Fittings, universalPTFE ferrules, 1.6mm i.d.PTFE ferrules, 1.6mm i.d.PTFE ferrules, 2.3mm i.d.PTFE ferrules, 2.3mm i.d.PTFE ferrules, 3.2mm i.d.PTFE ferrules, 3.2mm i.d.

510510510510

4.005 9449.139 8844.005 9419.139 8854.005 9429.139 8864.005 9439.139 887

2

PTFE fitting with integral ferrule3Scat

Description PK Cat. No.

for tubing 1.6mm o.d.for tubing, 1.6mm o.d.for tubing 2.3mm o.d.for tubing, 2.3mm o.d.for tubing 3.2 mm o.d.for tubing, 3.2mm o.d.for tubing, 4.76mm (3/16") o.d.for tubing, 6.35mm (¼") o.d.

51051051011

4.005 9384.005 4444.005 9394.005 4454.005 9404.005 4464.005 4484.005 447

3

PTFE-PlugsClosure screwplugs4

ScatDescription PK Cat. No.

for standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFEfor standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFEfor standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFEfor connectors, 4.76mm (3/16") i.d., PTFEfor connectors, 4.76mm (3/16") i.d., PTFEfor connectors 6.35mm i.d., PTFEfor exhaust air filter connector

5105051011

4.005 9464.005 8814.005 9474.005 9454.005 8804.005 8834.005 504

4

Thread adapters for Safety Waste Caps, PTFE5Scat

Description PK Cat. No.

Adapter GL38 (f) - GL45 (m)Adapter GL40 (f) - GL45 (m) 11 9.139 8829.139 883

5

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 81: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1248

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Safety funnel, electroconductive HDPEHDPE safety funnel, black, electroconductive.- earthing cable included- for all types of chemicals- different thread sizes- with or without mesh sieve- for barrels- supplied as a set with connectors

2Scat

Thread Description PK Cat. No.

GL45GL45S55S55S60/61S60/61S65S6583B83B

with splash guardwith stainless steel mesh sievewith splash guardwith stainless steel mesh sievewith splash guardwith stainless steel mesh sievewith splash guardwith stainless steel mesh sievewith splash guardwith stainless steel mesh sieve

1111111111

4.005 5154.005 7564.005 5184.005 7594.005 5144.005 7554.005 5194.005 7604.005 5204.005 761

2

Stainless steel sieveElectroconductive, for all black safety funnels, black.3

Scat3

Description PK Cat. No.

Stainless steel mesh 1 4.005 537

HDPE Safety funnels, white, non-electroconductive.- for all types of chemicals- different thread sizes- with or without anti-flash mesh- for barrels

4Scat

Thread Description PK Cat. No.

GL45GL45S55S55S60/61S60/61S65S6583B83B

with splash guardwith stainless steel meshwith splash guardwith stainless steel meshwith splash guardwith stainless steel meshwith splash guardwith stainless steel meshwith splash guardwith stainless steel mesh

1111111111

4.005 6214.005 7414.005 6244.005 7444.005 6204.005 7404.005 6254.005 7454.005 6284.005 748

4

Stainless steel mesh sievefor all safety funnels white.5

Scat5

Description PK Cat. No.

Stainless steel mesh sieve for all white safety funnels 1 4.005 540

Inlet filter for solventsHPLC solvent filter1

Scat1

Description PK Cat. No.

HPLC solvent filter, PP, for 1/8" dia. (3.2mm o.d.)HPLC solvent filter, PFA/PTFE, for 1/8" (3.2mm o.d.) 55 4.005 8904.005 891

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 82: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1249

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Connection systems DG Safety CapsDG safety caps are flexible connection systems which have been designed specially forhandling aggressive, gas-forming liquids.Available with 1, 2 or 3 connection ports with optional stopcocks, DG safety caps are particularly suitable for pharma-ceutical and chemical applications.- No dangerous gas emissions- No slipped tubes- No substance loss due to evaporation- Clean working environmentThe safety caps come complete with v-ring seal (inside diameter 3.2 mm) and are ready for immediate use.V-ring seals are optionally available for 2 additional tube sizes (1.6 and 2.3 mm external diameter) to suit your appli-cation.DG safety waste caps are ideal for safely collecting and storing liquid laboratory waste. With a choice of different con-nections and activated carbon filters, they increase safety for laboratory technicians.- Drip-free collection of used or contaminated media.- Charcoal filters prevent harmful gas emissions- Additional connections available for charcoal filter housings and vent tubing.

1DURAN Group

Description PK Cat. No.

DG Safety Cap I (1 port)DG Safety Cap II (2 ports)DG Safety Cap III (3 ports)DG Safety Cap I (1 port), with stopcockDG Safety Cap II (2 ports), with stopcocksDG Safety Cap III (3 ports), with stopcocksDG Safety Cap for NS 29/32DG Safety Waste GL 45DG Safety Waste GL 45 for leak hose

111111111

9.072 5309.072 5319.072 5329.072 5339.072 5349.072 5359.072 5369.072 5379.072 538

1

DG Safety Caps, accessories2 3DURAN Group

2 3

Description PK Cat. No.

Charcoal filter small, 24 gCharcoal filter large, 48 gFitting, PP (spare set)Venting valveThread adapter GL40/GL45 PTFEThread adapter GL40/GL45 PPThread adapter GL38/GL45 PTFEThread adapter GL38/GL45 PPThread adapter GL32/GL45 PTFEThread adapter GL32/GL45 PPScrew plug PTFE UNF ¼''Ferrule, inner diam. 1.6 mm, PTFEFerrule, inner diam. 2.3 mm, PTFEFerrule, inner diam. 3.2 mm, PTFEFitting with ferrule, inner diam. 1.6 mm, PTFEFitting with ferrule, inner diam. 2.3 mm, PTFEFitting with ferrule, inner diam. 3.2 mm, PTFETool for PP fittingTool for PTFE fittingScrew plug NPT 1/8", for vent tubingFilter for venting valve, 1 µm, PTFE membrane

111111111111111111111

9.209 0909.209 0919.209 0929.209 0939.209 0949.209 0959.209 0969.209 0979.209 0989.209 0999.209 1009.209 1019.209 1029.209 1039.209 1049.209 1059.209 1069.209 1079.209 1089.209 1099.209 110

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 83: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1250

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

HPLC bottles, Duranfi complete system 4-port screw capFor sterile transfer of media or for feeding solvent to HPLC instruments.The bottle is pressure/vacuum resistant from -1 to +1.5 bar (tested by TÜV inaccordance with EN 1596, GS marked). Complete with a 4-port screw cap (autoclavable, reusable). Suitable for tubediameters of 1.6 mm and 3.2 mm.Spare parts are available individually. Further connection system components for the GL45 thread are available uponrequest (Tubing not included). With Retrace Code (Batch Identification), with certificate available via the internet.Neutral /Type I glass acc. to USP/EP.

1DURAN Group

Capacity PK Cat. No.ml5001000 11 9.072 526

9.072 525

1

Accessories for connecting system for Duranfi GL 45 bottles (HPLC)2 3DURAN Group

2

3

Description PK Cat. No.

Screw cap HPLC GL 45,4 Port completeSpare set for HPLC screw capPressure equilization, 0,2 µm for 4-Port-cap,incl. membrane filterSpare membrane filterfor pressure equilization, 0,2 µmBottle 1000 ml, GL 45,Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 barBottle 500 ml, GL 45,Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar

111

111

6.226 3286.226 3296.226 915

6.230 8449.971 7049.071 707

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 84: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1251

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Flexible connecting system for Duranfi GL 45 flasks (HPLC)Materials used: PP and PTFE. Flexible modular system. Four different tube diameters(1.6 mm; 3.0 mm; 3.2 mm and 6.0 mm) can be connected. Sterile pressureequalisation is possible through use of a membrane filter. Unused ports can be provided with a blind cap.Typical applications: safe transfer of liquid media within a closed and sterile system (evaporation is reduced).Ordering exampleYou would like to fit two bottles with a 3-port connection system. You would like to work with two different tube dia-meters (1.6 mm and 3 mm) and pressure equalization. Consequently, you need the following individual components:Screw cap GL 45 3-port (Art. No. 7.623 018) 1 pack (2 per pack);Screw cap GL 14 (Art. No. 6.227 781) 2 packs (2 per pack);Insert for screw cap GL14 1.6 mm inner diam. (Art. No. 6.229 494) 2 packs (1 per pack);Insert for screw cap GL14 3.0 mm inner diam. (Art. No. 6.229 495) 2 packs (1 per pack);Pressure equalization set (complete) (Art. No. 6.228 023) 2 packs (1 per pack).

1DURAN Group

1

Description PK Cat. No.

Scew cap GL 45, 2 port x GL 14Screw cap GL 45, 3 port x GL 14Screw cap GL 14 for tubing connectorLiner for GL 14 screw cap, 1.6 mm i.d. holeLiner for GL 14 screw cap, 3 mm i.d. holeLiner for GL 14 screw cap, 3.2 mm i.d. holeLiner for GL 14 screw cap, 6 mm i.d. holeScrew cap, GL 14, redPressure equalising set, 0.2 µm filter, for 2- / 3-Port screw capReplacement 0.2 µm membrane filter for pressure equalising setBottle 1000 ml, GL 45, Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 barBottle 500 ml, GL 45, Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar

111111111211

6.227 7807.623 0186.227 7816.229 4946.229 4956.230 2136.227 7827.623 8386.228 0236.230 8449.971 7049.071 707

Scrubber Adapter for BottlesConsisting of PTFE body with connecting nut and two lateral GL18 threaded necks, a300mm long FEP inlet tube and a gas distributor with frit. Easy in- and outlet of gas bymeans of rigid-walled tubing (e.g. PTFE) which can be connected to the threaded necks using Bola Laboratory ScrewJoints. Elastic tubing can be connected by means of hose connectors. Inlet tube can be individually shortened. Specialfeature: the body of the adapter can be turned independently from the connecting nut. This means, that the completely assembled adaptor can be removed and fixed onto another bottle without the risk ofdisarranging the tubing. Suitable for bottles from Duran Group (formerly Schott, Mainz) with GL45 or GLS80 threadsand capacities between 100 and 5000ml.

2 3Bohlender

For thread type

Centre neck Lateral neck

PK Cat. No.

Thread GL45Thread GLS 80 11 9.110 3109.110 311

2

3

Distributors for Reaction Vessels (R)Blue screw cap made of PP with GLS80 thread and PTFE body. Centre neck with GL25thread for connecting tubing up to 15 mm o.d., four lateral necks with GL18 thread.Exchangeable shaft guide (PTFE) with screw cap (PPS) for inserting and fixing a stirrer shaft in the centre neck included. Very good chemical resistance, for working temperatures up to max. +250°C (PP screw cap max. +140°C).

4Bohlender

For diam.stirrer shaft

PK Cat. No.

GL 25GL 25 4 x GL 184 x GL 18 8 mm10 mm 11 9.209 9209.209 921

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 85: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1252

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Bottle distributorsPTFE, with GL-threaded necks and screw caps. Suitable for GL45 threaded bottles. Thedistributors are ideal for decanting liquids, whereby the necks are connected either to aliquid source or to an excess pressure or vacuum system (up to 6mm max. tubing dia.).For hassle-free connection, we recommend the Bola threaded connector, which has to be ordered separately, in accor-dance with the outer diameter of the tubing.

1Bohlender

Type Centralneck

PK Cat. No.

PFAPTFEPTFE2 x GL143 x GL143 x GL18

1119.209 8519.209 8529.209 844

1

Ground Joint GL AdaptersBlack screw cap made of PPS with GL45 thread or blue screw cap made of PP withGLS80 thread, movable insert with ground joint made of PTFE. Transition from a groundjoint to a glass thread. The body can be turned independently from the screw cap. The complete, assembled adaptercan be removed and fixed onto another bottle without the risk of disarranging the tubing. Very good chemical resistance, for working temperatures up to max. +250°C.

2Bohlender

Type Jointsize

PK Cat. No.NS

1 6.224 507

2

Flexible DistributorsPolypropylene. For connecting elastic tubing by simply slipping it onto hose connectors.Suitable for GL45 threaded bottles. With screw cap made of glass-fibre reinforced PP,ideal for transferring liquids or gases. The angled tubing connectors can be attached to a liquid source, or to a pressu-re or vacuum system and avoid crimping of the tubing. The distributor can be loosened by simply turning the screwcap. The complete distribution system can then be fixed onto another bottle.

3 4Bohlender

number of nozzles Fortubingbore

PK Cat. No.

mm232

6 - 9 mm6 - 9 mm7 - 11 mm111

7.634 8929.209 8589.209 859

3

4

GL fittingsPTFE couplings with GL connector screwthread. Connect PTFE, PFA, FEP, glass and metaltubing. Fittings are chemical and temperature resistant to approx. 250°C. Can be usedat working pressures of up to 10 bar when used in combination with Bola laboratory screwthread connections (at room temperature). A further advantage is that they can be used as expansion/reduction adapters to connecttubing of different diameters. For easy tubing connection we recommend accessory Bola laboratory screwthread con-nectors which can be ordered separately.

5Bohlender

Neckthread

Bore PK Cat. No.GL mm141825

6.510.514.5111

9.207 1139.207 1149.207 115

5

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 86: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1253

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Cap

illary

colu

mns fo

r GC

Comparison of separation properties of selected OPTIMA® phases

0 10 20 min 30

12

3

56 7

8 910

4

1 2

3

5

6 78

9 10

4

132

5

6 7 8 9 10

4

13 25

6 78 9 104

1

3

2

56 7

89 10

4

OPTIMA® 225

incre

asin

g p

ola

rity

OPTIMA® 1701

OPTIMA® 17

OPTIMA® 5

OPTIMA® 1

All columns: Sample: MN-OPTIMA® test mixtureInjection: 1.0 µl, split 1:50Carrier gas: 80 kPa N2

Temperature: 80 °C Tmax (isothermal), 8 °C/minDetector: FID, 260 – 300 °C, 26

Peaks:1. Undecane2. Dodecane3. Octanol4. Dimethylaniline5. Decylamine

6. Methyl decanoate 7. Methyl undecanoate 8. Henicosane 9. Docosane10. Tricosane

Summary of MN phases for GC

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 87: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1254

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Cap

illary

colu

mns fo

r GC

Phase Composition max. tem-

perature 1USP Similar phases 2

Standard phases

OPTIMA® 1 100 % dimethylpolysiloxane 340/360 °C

G1

G2

G38

PERMABOND® SE-30, OV-1, DB-1, SE-30,

HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx®-1, 007-1, BP1,

MDN-1, AT™-1, ZB-1, OV-101

OPTIMA® 1 MS

Accent100 % dimethylpolysiloxane 340/360 °C

G1

G2

G38

Ultra-1, DB-1MS, HP-1MS, Rtx®-1MS,

Equity™-1, AT™-1MS, VF-1MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS

OPTIMA® 55 % phenyl –

95 % methylpolysiloxane340/360 °C

G27

G36

PERMABOND® SE-52, SE-54, SE-52, DB-5,

HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx®-5, 007-5, BP5,

MDN-5, AT™-5, ZB-5

OPTIMA® 5 MS5 % diphenyl -

95 % dimethylpolysiloxane340/360 °C

G27

G36DB-5MS, HP-5MS, Ultra-2, Equity™-5, CP-Sil

8CB low bleed/MS, Rtx®-5SIL-MS, Rtx®-5MS,

007-5MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, AT™-5MS, VF-5MSOPTIMA®

5 MS Accent

silarylene phase with selec-

tivity similar to 5 % diphenyl

– 95 % dimethylpolysiloxan-

phasee

340/360 °CG27

G36

OPTIMA® 17phenylmethylpolysiloxane,

50 % phenyl320/340 °C G3

OV-17, DB-17, HP-50+, HP-17, SPB-50, SP-

2250, Rtx®-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB-50

OPTIMA® 6246 % cyanopropylphenyl –

94 % dimethylpolysiloxane280/300 °C G43 HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624,

CP-624, Rtx®-624, Rtx®-Volatiles, 007-624,

BP624, VOCOLOPTIMA® 624 LB as above, low bleed phase 280/300 °C G43

OPTIMA® 170114 % cyanopropylphenyl –

86 % dimethylpolysiloxane300/320 °C G46

OV-1701, DB-1701, CP-Sil 19 CB, HP-1701,

Rtx®-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB-

1701

OPTIMA® 22550 % cyanopropylmethyl

– 50 % phenylmethylpoly-

siloxane

260/280 °CG7

G19

DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, Rtx®-225, CP-Sil

43, 007-225, BP225

OPTIMA® WAXpolyethylene glycol

20 000 Dalton250/260 °C G16

PERMABOND® CW 20 M, DB-Wax,

Supelcowax™, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWax,

Rtx®-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB, Stabilwax, 007-CW,

BP20, AT™-Wax, ZB-Wax

OPTIMA® FFAPpolyethylene glycol-2-nitro-

terephthalate250/260 °C

G25

G35

PERMABOND® FFAP, DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP,

CP-SIL 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukol

Phases for special separations

OPTIMA® 5

Amine

5 % phenyl –

95 % methylpolysiloxane,

specially deactivated for

amine separations

300/320 °CG27

G36Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5

LIPODEX® Eoctakis-(2,6-di-O-pentyl-

for enantiomer separation

200/220 °C – –

HYDRODEX heptakis-(2,3-di-O-methyl-

6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-

omer separation

230/250 °C – –

HYDRODEX heptakis-(2,3-di-O-acetyl-

6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-

omer separation

220/240 °C – –

1

refer to the description of individual phases.2 phases which provide a similar selectivity based on chemical and physical properties

Summary of MN phases for GC

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 88: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1255

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 1high performance capillary columns100% dimethylpolysiloxanenonpolar phaseseparation of components according to boiling pointsthick film columns ≥ 3 µm film are expecially recommended for solvent analysissimilar phases: Permabondfi SE-30 , OV-1, DB-1, SE-30, HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx-1, 007-1, BP1, MDN-1, AT-1,ZB-1, OV-101for columns with 0.2 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C, themax. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°Cfor 0.53mm ID columns with films < 3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp.for thick film columns with films ≥ 3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.) 0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.100.250.501.000.100.250.501.000.250.501.000.100.250.501.000.100.250.350.501.003.005.000.100.250.350.501.003.005.000.100.250.350.501.003.005.000.100.250.350.501.003.000.501.002.005.000.501.002.005.005.00

252525253030303050505060606060252525252525253030303030303050505050505050606060606060252525253030303050

111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111

9.003 6579.003 6629.003 6679.003 6719.003 6589.003 6639.003 6689.003 6729.003 6649.003 6699.003 6739.003 6599.003 6659.003 6709.003 6749.003 6769.003 6829.003 6869.003 6919.003 6979.003 7019.003 7069.003 6779.003 6839.003 6879.003 6929.003 6989.003 7029.003 7079.003 6789.003 6849.003 6889.003 6939.003 6999.003 7039.003 7089.003 6799.003 6859.003 6899.003 6949.003 7009.003 7044.003 1494.003 1644.003 1524.003 2654.003 1504.003 1654.003 1534.003 2664.003 267

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 89: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1256

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 1 MS Accent ultra-low bleed capillary columns for GC

100 % Dimethylpolysiloxannonpolar phase with ultra-low bleeding, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectorsincreased sensitivity due to an unmatched low background level perfect inertness for basic compounds solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicableapplication areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB, food and drug analysessimilar phases: Ultra-1, DB-1 MS, HP-1 MS, Rtx-1 MS, Equity?1, AT-1 MS, VF-1 MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MSmax. temperature for isothermal operation 340°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme 360°C

1

MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm a.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm a.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm a.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm a.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm a.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm a.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm a.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm a.d.)

0.250.500.250.500.250.500.250.50

3030606030306060

11111111

4.003 0014.003 0034.003 0024.003 0044.002 9984.003 0054.002 9994.003 006

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmosphericoxygen.Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

EPA 8140 / 8141 / 8141 A org. P pesticides

Column: OPTIMA®

mix A + 8141 OP pesticides calibration mix B; IS triphenyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate

Injection splitless (for 1 min); inj. temperature 250 °C Carrier gas He, 1 ml/min, constant pressureTemperature 100 °C 180 °C, 10 °C/min (2 min) 300 °C, 18 °C/min (3 min)

Peaks:

1. Dichlorvos, 2. Hexamethylphosphoramide, 3. Mevinphos, 4. Trichlor fon, 5. TEPP, 6. Thionazin, 7. Demeton-O, 8. Ethoprop 9. Tributyl phosphate (IS), 10. Dicrotophos, 11. Monocrotophos, 12. Naled, 13. Sulfotepp, 14. Phorate, 15. Dimethoate, 16. Deme-ton-S, 17. Dioxathion, 18. Terbufos, 19. Fonophos, 20. Phospha-midon-Isomer, 21. Diazinon, 22. Disulfoton, 23. Phosphamidon, 24. Dichlorofenthion, 25. Parathion-methyl, 26. Chlorpyrifos methyl, 27. Ronnel, 28. Fenitrothion, 29. Malathion, 30. Fenthion, 31. Aspon, 32. Parathion-ethyl, 33. Chlorpyrifos, 34. Trichloronate, 35. Chlorfenvinphos, 36. Merphos, 37. Crotoxyphos, 38. Stiro fos, 39. Tokuthion, 40. Merphos oxidation product, 41. Fensulfothion, 42. Famphur, 43. Ethion, 44. Bolstar, 45. Carbophenothion, 46. Triphenyl phosphate (IS), 47. Phosmet, 48. EPN, 49. Azinphos-methyl, 50. Leptophos, 51. Tri-o-cresyl phosphate, 52. Azinphos-ethyl, 53. Coumaphos

MN Appl. No. 213030

1

4 8 12 16 min

2

13

15

14

20

22

26

27

28

29

30

34

38

39

40

41

45

48

47

49 50

51

5253

42

35

21

23

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

16

17

18

19

24

25

36

37

31

32

33

43

44

6

46

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 90: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1257

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 5 capillary columns for GC5 % phenyl - 95 % dimethylpolysiloxaneUSP G27, G36nonpolar standard phase with large range of applicationsimilar phases: Permabondfi

SE-52 , SE-54, SE-52, DB-5, HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx-5, 007-5, BP5, MDN-5, AT-5, ZB-5for columns with 0.1 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C, the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°Cfor 0.53mm ID columns with films < 3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp.for thick film columns with films ≥ 3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.10 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.100.100.250.350.501.000.100.250.350.501.000.100.250.350.501.000.100.250.350.501.000.100.250.350.501.003.005.000.100.250.350.501.003.005.000.100.250.350.501.003.000.100.250.350.501.003.000.501.002.005.000.501.002.005.002.005.002.00

10252525252530303030305050505050606060606025252525252525303030303030305050505050506060606060602525252530303030505060

1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111

4.003 2359.003 7099.003 7159.003 7199.003 7239.003 7279.003 7109.003 7169.003 7209.003 7249.003 7289.003 7119.003 7179.003 7219.003 7259.003 7299.003 7129.003 7189.003 7229.003 7269.003 7309.003 7339.003 7389.003 7429.003 7469.003 7519.003 7559.003 7609.003 7349.003 7399.003 7439.003 7479.003 7529.003 7569.003 7619.003 7359.003 7409.003 7449.003 7489.003 7539.003 7579.003 7369.003 7419.003 7459.003 7499.003 7549.003 7584.003 1554.003 1684.003 1584.003 2614.003 1564.003 1694.003 1594.003 2624.003 1604.003 2634.003 161

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 91: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100
Page 92: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1259

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 5 MS capillary columns for GC5 % diphenyl - 95 % dimethylpolysiloxaneUSP G36nonpolar phase with low bleedingideal for GC/MS and ECD applications and general analyses at trace levelperfect inertness for basic compoundssimilar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS,BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MSmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C,max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C

1MACHEREY-NAGEL 1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)

0.250.501.000.250.501.000.250.501.001.00

30303060602530305060

1111111111

7.080 0924.003 0994.003 1014.003 0984.003 1004.003 0916.700 6904.003 0934.003 0927.080 742

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Analysis of various phenols

10

1

2

3 4

5

7

8

10

9

11

12

13

14

6

20 30 min

Column: OPTIMA® 5 MS, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID,

Sample: 5 ppm each except N-i-propylaniline (9.4 ppm)Method: SPMETemperature: 40 °C (2 min) 240 °C, 6 °C/min 320 °C,

20 °C/minDetector: MSD

Peaks:

1. Toluene-D82. Phenol3. 2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)4. Nitrobenzene-D55. N-i-Propylaniline6. 2,4-Dichlorophenol7. 4-Chlorophenol8. 4-Bromo-2-chlorophenol9. 3-Bromophenol10. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol11. 2,4-Dibromophenol12. 2-Hydroxybiphenyl13. 2-Cyclohexylphenol

courtesy of Riedel-de-Haën, Seelze, Germany

MN Appl. No. 210110

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 93: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1260

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 5 MS Accent capillary columns for GCsilarylene phasewith polarity similar to a 5 % diphenyl -95 % dimethylpolysiloxane phase.USP G27, G36lowest column bleed, nonpolar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors solvent rinsing for removal ofimpurities applicable application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods,pesticides, PCB, food and drug analysessimilar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS,BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MSmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C,max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)

0.250.501.000.250.501.001.000.250.500.251.00

3030306060602530306060

11111111111

4.003 0174.003 0194.003 0214.003 0184.003 0204.003 0224.003 0114.003 0094.003 0134.003 0104.003 012

Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmosphericoxygen.Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

® 5-MS Accent

with a conventional 5-MS phase shows the outstanding

performance of the silarylene phase.

Background noise at 340 °C

®

5 MS Accent, which is approximately three times lower

increased sensitivity and allows the application in trace

analyses particularly of high-boiling compounds.

107.2

107.4

107.6

107.8

0 10 20 30 s

89.6

89.8

90

90.2

0 10 20 30 s

OPTIMA® 5 MS Accent

Standard 5 MS Phase

FID Signal in m

Vwww.haeberle-lab.de

Page 94: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1261

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 17 capillary columns for GCphenylmethylpolysiloxane (50 % phenyl)USP G3medium polar phase suitable for higher temperatures preferred applications: steroids, pesticides, drug analyses similar phases: OV-17, DB-17, HP50+, HP17, SPB-50, SP-2250, Rtx-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB50max.temperature for isothermal operation: 320°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 340°C, for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL 1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.10 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.100.150.250.500.150.250.500.150.250.500.150.250.500.250.350.500.150.250.350.500.250.350.500.250.350.501.001.00

10252525303030505050606060252525303030305050506060602530

1111111111111111111111111111

4.003 2364.003 1814.003 0264.003 0464.003 1824.003 0274.003 0474.003 1834.003 0284.003 0484.003 1844.003 0294.003 0494.003 1124.003 1944.003 1854.003 1934.003 1134.003 1954.003 1864.003 1144.003 1964.003 1874.003 1154.003 1974.003 1884.003 1914.003 192

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Analysis of pesticides

Column: OPTIMA®

25 m x 0.20 mm ID, max. temperature 320/340 °C,

Sample: pesticide standard of the cantonal laboratory Schaffhausen (Switzerland), 0.1 mg/ml or 0.01 mg/ml each

Inj. volume: 1.0 µlCarrier gas: He, 25 cm/s, 3 s without splitTemperature: 100 °C (3 min), 8 °C/min 250 °C,

10 °C/min 320 °CDetector: MSD HP 5971

MN Appl. No. 200930

1 2 5

6 789

10

1112

13

34

10 20 30 min

Peaks: 1. Dichlorphos 2. Naled 3. Vinclozolin 4. Chlorthalonil 5. Chlorpyrifos

7. Procymidon 8. Captan 9. Folpet10. Carbophenothion11. Iprodion12. Captafol13. Coumaphos

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 95: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1262

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 1701 capillary columns for GC14 % Cyanopropyl-phenyl - 86 % DimethylpolysiloxaneUSP G46medium polar phasespecial selectivity due to high cyanopropyl contentreference column for structure identification, e.g. in combination with Optima 5film thickness ? 1 µm for solvent analysessimilar phases: OV-1701, DB-1701, CP?Sil 19 CB, HP-1701, Rtx-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB-1701max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 320°Cfor 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 280 and 300°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.250.250.501.000.250.250.500.250.350.501.000.250.350.501.000.250.351.001.000.250.350.501.001.002.001.002.002.00

25303030506060252525253030303050505050606060602525303050

1111111111111111111111111111

4.003 0354.003 0364.003 0394.003 2724.003 0374.003 0384.003 0404.003 1034.003 2224.003 1074.003 2684.003 1044.003 2234.003 1084.003 2694.003 1054.003 2244.003 1094.003 2704.003 1064.003 2257.088 3274.003 2714.003 1724.003 1784.003 1734.003 1794.003 180

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Analysis of aromatic hydrocarbons

0 5

5

4

3

2

1

6 7

8

9

10

11

10 15 min

Column: OPTIMA®

2

Split: 1:40Temperature: 60 °C Detector: FID 260 °C

Peaks:

1. Benzene2. Toluene

4. p-Xylene5. o-Xylene6. Phenol

7. 2-Methylphenol8. 2,6-Dimethylphenol9. 4-Methylphenol10. 2,4-Dimethylphenol

11. 2,4,6-Trimethylphenol

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 96: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1263

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi 624 capillary columns for GC6 % cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94 % dimethylpolysiloxaneUSP G43medium polar phaserecommended for environmental analysessimilar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOLmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 300°C

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

1.401.401.401.801.801.803.003.00

3050603050602530

11111111

4.003 2114.003 2124.003 2134.003 2174.003 2184.003 2194.003 2204.003 221

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Optimafi 624 LB capillary columns for GC6 % cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94 % dimethylpolysiloxaneUSP G 43medium polar phaselow bleed columns for halogenated hydrocarbons, volatiles, aromatic compounds, solvents etc.similar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOLmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 300°C

2MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)

1.801.80

3050

11

4.003 2144.003 215

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 97: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1264

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Solvents and semi-volatiles

Column: OPTIMA® 624 LBCarrier gas: 1.1 bar He

cold on-columnDetection: FID 280 °C

Peaks:

1

0 10 20 30 40 min

23

456

7

8

910

11 12

13

1415

16

17

18

19

20

1. Acetone 2. Ethyl acetate 3. Tetrahydrofuran 4. Cyclohexane

6. Butanol-1 7. Pyridine 8. Toluene 9. Dimethylformamide10. Dimethylsulphoxide

11. Decane12. Octanol-113. Acetophenone14. Butyrophenone

17. Dibenzylamine18. Methyl eicosanoate19. Methyl cis-13-docosenoate20. Methyl docosanoate

OPTIMAfi 225 capillary columns for GC50 % cyanopropylmethyl - 50 % phenylmethylpolysiloxaneUSP G7/G19middle polar phaserecommended for fatty acid analysessimilar phases: DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, Rtx-225, CP-Sil 43, 007-225, BP225max. temperature for isothermal operation: 260°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 280°C

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.10 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)

0.100.250.250.250.250.250.25

10305060305060

1111111

4.003 0504.003 0664.003 0674.003 0684.003 1174.003 1184.003 119

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Analysis of FAME in porcine fatColumn: OPTIMA®

Carrier gas: 60 kPa H2, injection volume 1 µl, split 1:40Temperature: 50 °C (2 min) 125 °C, 30 °C/min 160 °C, 5 °C/min 180 °C, 20 °C/min 200 °C, 3 °C/min 220 °C,

20 °C/min (10 min)Detector: FID 260 °CPeaks: 1. C4:0 2. C5:0 3. C6:0 4. C8:0 5. C10:0 6. C11:0 7. C12:0 8. C13:0 9. C13:110. C14:011. C14:112. C15:013. C15:114. C16:015. C16:116. C17:017. C17:1

18. C18:019. C18:120. C18:221. C18:322. C19:023. C20:024. C20:125. C20:226. C20:427. C20:328. C20:529. C22:030. C22:131. C22:232. C22:633. C24:034. C24:1

FAME standard

1

0

2

3 4

56

7 8 10 14 15

18

19

20

9 11

10 20 min

13

12

17

16

23

21

22

24

25

26

2729

28

30

3132

3334

FAME in porcine fat

0

8

2

5 7

10

1112

15

14 18 20

19

16

17

21

22

23

24

25

2627 32

10 20 min

courtesy of Dr. Bantleon, Mr. Leusche, Mr. Hagemann, VFG-Labor,

Versmold, Germany

MN Appl. No. 210060

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 98: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1265

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi WAX capillary columns for GCpolyethylene glycol 20000 daltonsUSP G16polar phaserecommended for solvent analysis and alcoholssuitable for aqueous solutionssimilar phases: Premabondfi CW 20 M , DB-Wax, Supelcowax, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWAX, Rtx-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB,Stabilwax, 007-CW, BP20, AT-Wax, ZB-Waxmax. temperature for isothermal operation 250°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 260°C,for 0.53 mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.250.250.250.250.250.500.250.500.250.500.250.501.001.002.00

253050602525303050506060253030

111111111111111

9.003 7629.003 7639.003 7649.003 7659.003 7669.003 7709.003 7679.003 7719.003 7689.003 7729.003 7699.003 7734.003 1754.003 1764.003 174

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.

Column: OPTIMA®

Inj. volume: 1 µlCarrier gas: 1,2 bar HeSplit: 1:20Temperature: 80 °C 250 °C,

Detector: FID 250 °C

Peaks:

1. Decane2. Undecane3. Octanol4. Methyl decanoate5. Dicyclohexylamine6. Methyl undecanoate7. Methyl dodecanoate8. 2,6-Dimethylaniline

9. 2,6-Dimethylphenol

MN Appl. No. 211170 0 5 10 15 20 min

1

23

4

5

67

8 9

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 99: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1266

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Optimafi FFAP capillary columns for GCpolyethylene glycol 2-nitroterephthalateclose equivalent USP G25/G35polar phaserecommended for FAME, free carboxylic acidssimilar phases: Permabond FFAP , DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP, CP-Sil 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukolfor columns with 0.10 to 0.32mm ID the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 250°C, the max. temperaturefor short isotherms in a temperature programme is 260°Cfor 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.10 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)

0.100.250.250.250.250.250.500.250.500.250.500.251.000.50

1025305060252530305050602530

11111111111111

4.003 0799.003 7749.003 7759.003 7769.003 7779.003 7789.003 7829.003 7799.003 7839.003 7809.003 7849.003 7814.003 1114.003 110

In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmosphericoxygen.Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.

FAME test

Column: OPTIMA®

Carrier gas: 1.2 bar He, splitTemperature: 55 °C 250 °C,

6 °C/min Injection: 1,0 µl, 220 °C

Detector: FID 220 °C Peaks:

1. C4 2. C6 3. C8 4. C10 5. C12 6. C14 7. C16 8. C18 9. C18:1 cis/trans10. C18:211. C18:312. C2013. C2214. C22:1

15. C24

MN Appl. No. 211140 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 min

1

2

3

4

5

67

8

9

10

11

12

13

1415

Optimafi 5 Amine GC capillary columns for amine separationespecially deactivated for the analysis of polyfunctional amines such as ethanolamines, amino-functionalised diols and similarcompounds, which are important base materials in industrial chemistry, and shows strong tailing on standard-deactivatedcolumns similar phases: Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5USP G27/G36improved linearity for analyses of active components at trace levels: no amine absorptions even for aliphatic and aromatic amines at concentrations of 100pg/peak tested with the Optimafi Amine test mixture, which among others also contains diethanolamine and propanol-pyridine (this test mixture is suppliedwith each column)max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 320°C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Filmthickness

Length PK Cat. No.

µm m0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)

0.501.000.25

303030

111

6.900 6594.003 1234.003 125

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 100: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1267

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Separation of secondary and tertiary amines

Column: OPTIMA®

Injection volume: 1 µlCarrier gas: 0,6 bar H2, Split 1:100Temperature: 100 °C (3 min) 280 °C, 10 °C/min

1

2

3

4

567

89

10

11

12

0 10 20 min

Peaks:

3. Triethylaminen-propylaminen-butylamine

6. Tri-n-propylamine

8. Tri-n-butylamine

12. Tri-n-hexylamine

MN Appl. No. 210280

Capillary columns for special separationsLIPODEX® cyclodextrin phase for enantiomer separationbase material: cyclic oligosaccharide consisting of eight glucose units bonded through α-1.4-linkages (y-cylodextrin)regioselective alkylation and acylation of the hydroxyl groups leads to a lipophilic phase, which is well suited for GC enantiomer analysesimportant advantage: many compounds can be analysed without derivatisation (however, for certain substances enantioselectivity can be favourably influenced by formation of derivatives)A large number of separations have been achieved, however, it is not possible to make gerneral predictions. Even for compounds with small structural diffe-rences or within a homologous series the enantiodifferentia-tion can be quite different.LIPODEX fi is patented under EP 0407 412 and US Re. 36.092

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Lipodexfi E � octakis-(2.6-di-O-pentyl-3-O-butyryl)-γ-cyclodextrinrecommended for α-amino acids, α- and β-hydroxycarboxylic acid esters, alcohols (TFA), diols (TFA), ketones, pheromones(cyclic acetals), amines, alkyl halides, lactonesmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 200°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 220°C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Diam. Length PK Cat. No.m

FS-LIPODEXfi EFS-LIPODEXfi E

0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)

2550

11

4.002 9254.002 926

Enantiomer separation of amino acid methyl esters (TFA)

®

Peaks:

0 10 20 min

1

2

34

5

6

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 101: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1268

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC columns-GC Reagents

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

heptakis-(2.3-di-O-methyl-6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-β-cyclodextrinphase diluted with optimised polysiloxanerecommended for γ-lactones, cyclopentanones, terpenes, esters, tartratesmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 230°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 250°C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Diam. Length PK Cat. No.m

FS- HYDRODEX β− 6 TBDMFS- HYDRODEX β− 6 TBDM

0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)

2550

11

4.002 9314.002 932

heptakis-(2.3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-β-cyclodextrinall columns 0.25 mm ID, 0.4 mm ODphase diluted with optimised polysiloxanerecommended for alcohols, esters, ketones, aldehydes, δ-lactonesmax. temperature for isothermal operation: 220°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 240°C

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Diam. Length PK Cat. No.m

FS-HYDRODEX β-TBDAC

FS-HYDRODEX β-TBDAC

0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)

2550

11

4.002 9354.002 936

max. temperature 250 °C

Peaks:

4. Naproxen

5. Ketoprofen

1

SR

2

3

4

5

10 15 20 30 40 50 min

2

2Cl2

Peaks:

1

2

3

4

0 10 20 30 min

O

OH

Reagents and methods for derivatisationDerivatisation reagentsfor improved volatility, better thermal stability or low limit of detection in gas chromatographyprerequisite: quantitative, rapid and reproducible formation of only on derivativehalogen atoms introduced by derivatisation (e.g. trifluoroacetates) allow specific detection (ECD) with the advantage of high sensitivity elution order and frag-mentation patterns in MS can be influenced by a specific derivatisationreagents for silylation - alkylation (methylation) - acylationare available

MACHEREY-NAGEL

HYDRODEX cyclodextrin phases for enantiomer separationcyclodextrin derivatives with high melting point:for GC-enantiomer separation diluted with polysiloxanes MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 102: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1269

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC Reagents

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Selection guide for derivatisation of important functional groups in GC

Function method derivative recommended reagents

Alcohols,

phenols

R’OH

silylation R’O – TMS MSTFA

acylation R’O – CO – R HFBA, MBTFA

alkylation R’O – R TMSH

sterically hindered silylation R’O – TMS BSTFA, SILYL-991

Aminesprimary, secondary

silylation R’ – NR’’ – TMS MSTFA, SILYL-991

acylation R’ – NR’’ – CO – R HFBA, MBTFA

hydrochlorides silylation R’ – NR’’ – TMS MSTFA

Amides silylation not stable

acylation R’ – CO – NH – CO – R MBTFA, HFBA

Amino acids silylation R’ – CH(NH – TMS) – CO – O – TMS BSTFA, MSTFA

alkylation (a)

+ acylation (b)

R’ – CH(NH – CO – R) – CO – O – R a) TMSH

b) HFBA, MBTFA

Carboxylic acids

(fatty acids)

silylation R’ – CO – O – TMS

susceptible to hydrolysis

MSTFA

alkylation R’ – CO – O – R TMSH

Carbohydrates silylation MSTFA

acylation MBTFA

Steroids acylation MBTFA, HFBA

Derivatisation method development kitWhich type of derivatisation is best suited for your sample (alkylation, acylation or silylation)? MACHEREY-NAGEL

Contents of the kit PK Cat. No.

2 x 1 ml each of TMSH, MSTFA, MBTFA 1 4.001 514

Acylation kitWhich is the proper reagent for acylation? MACHEREY-NAGELContents of the kit PK Cat. No.

2 x 1 ml each for MBTFA , TFAA, MBHFBA 1 6.207 118

Alkylation kitWhich is the proper reagent for methylation? MACHEREY-NAGELContents of the kit PK Cat. No.

3 x 1 ml each for TMSH, DMF-DMA 1 4.001 513

Silylation kitWhich is the proper reagent for silylation? MACHEREY-NAGELContents of the kit PK Cat. No.

2 x 1 ml each for MSTFA, BSTFA, TSIM, MSHFBA 1 6.704 458

Acylation reagents for GC - Anhydridesby-products of acylation with anhydrides: corresponding acidsexcess reagent and the acid formed have to be removedAcylation with fluorinated acid anhydrides can be used for alcohols, phenols, carboxylic acids, amines, amino acidsand steroids forming volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for ECD detection.Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride (HFBA)m.w. 410.06, Bp 106 - 107°C (760 mm Hg),C3F7 - CO - O - CO - C3F7density d20°/4° = 1.665

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Code Capacity PK Cat. No.

HFBAHFBAHFBA20 x 1 ml1 x 10 ml5 x 10 ml

20154.001 4804.001 4794.001 481

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 103: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1270

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC Reagents

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Methods for acylation

Acylation with HFBA can be used for alcohols, phenols,

carboxylic acids, amines, amino acids and steroids form-

ing volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for

ECD detection.

Procedure:

Dissolve 0.1 to 1 mg of the sample in 0.1 ml solvent,

add 0.1 ml HFBA and heat to 60 – 70 °C for 1 – 2

hours. If the sample need not be concentrated prior

to the analysis and if there is no danger of catalytical-

ly induced side reactions, pyridine is used as solvent.

The reaction solution can be injected directly into the

gas chromatograph. Otherwise use a volatile solvent

and evaporate solvent, excess derivatisation reagent

and free acid in a stream of nitrogen. Dissolve the

residue in 50 µl hexane, chloroform etc. and inject

aliquot portions.MN Appl. No. 213042

This method is recommended for alcohols, primary and

secondary amines as well as thiols under mild, neutral

conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with

carbohydrates [J. Sullivan and L. Schewe, J. Chromatogr. Sci.

15 (1977) 196 – 197].

Procedure:

Add 0.5 ml MBTFA to about 2 mg sample. If there is

no reaction at ambient temperature, heat the reaction

mixtures. It is recommended to use a ratio of solvent

to MBTFA of 4 : 1. The reaction mixture can be chro-

matographed directly.MN Appl. No. 213051

Acylation reagents for GC - Bisacylamidesby-products: corresponding neutral acylamides, which can be easily removed due totheir high volatility; because of neutral conditions and favourable chromatographicproperties often removal of the bisacylamide is not necessary. Thus sample preparation is much more convenient.Acylation with fluorinated acid amides is recommended for alcohols, primary and secondary amines as well as forthiols under mild, neutral conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with carbohydrates.MBTFA /MBHFBAN-methyl-bis(trifluoroacetamide) MBTFAm.w. 223.08, Bp 123 - 124°C (760 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.55CF3 - CO - N(CH3) - CO - CF3

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Code Capacity PK Cat. No.

MBTFAMBTFAMBTFA20 x 1 ml1 x 10 ml5 x 10 ml

20157.401 1437.510 7966.228 605

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability andshould be used soon.

Alkylation reagents for GC - Trimethylsulphonium hydroxideTMSH (0.2 M in methanol) M.G. 94.06 MACHEREY-NAGEL

Code Capacity PK Cat. No.

TMSHTMSHTMSH10 x 1 ml20 x 1 ml5 x 10 ml

102057.086 1477.083 3084.001 512

Silylation reagentsUsually the term silylation in GC stands for replacement of active hydrogen atoms by atrimethylsilyl group (TMS derivative). Sometimes, however, trialkylsilyl groups ordimethylalkylsilyl groups with longer alkyl chains are used for derivatisation. The trialkylsilyl group increases volatilityand enhances thermal stability of the sample. Silylation can be catalysed either acidic by addition of TMCS or basic byaddition of pyridine (e. g. for sterically hindered functionalities like tert. alcohols)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 104: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Procedure:

Add 0.5 ml silylation reagent to 1 – 10 mg sample; if necessary, add some solvent (normally pyridine or DMF

[dimethylformamide] are used). Heat to 60 – 80 °C for 20 min to increase the reaction rate.

BSTFA MN Appl. No. 213092 · SILYL-991 MN Appl. No. 213093

1271

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC Reagents

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Silylation reagents - BSTFA, SILYL-991N,O-bis-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamidem.w. 257.4, Bp 40°C (12 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 0.961BSTFA:R = CF3powerful trimethylsilyl donor with approximately the same donor strength as the non-fluorinated analogue BSAadvantage of BSTFA over BSA: greater volatility of its reaction products (particularly useful for GC of some lower boi-ling TMS amino acids.BSTFA is nonpolar (less polar than MSTFA), and can be mixed with acetonitrile for improved solubility. For silylatingfatty acid amides, hindered hydroxyls and other compounds, which are difficult to silylate (like secondary alcohols andamines), we recommend BSTFA + 1 % trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS), available under the designation SILYL-991.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description Capacity PK Cat. No.ml

BSTFABSTFABSTFASILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)

11010150100

2015111

4.001 4866.803 3204.001 4874.001 5114.001 5104.001 509

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability andshould be used soon.

Silylation reagents - MSTFAN-methyl-N-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamidem.w. 199.1, Bp 70°C (75 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.11MSTFA:R' = CF3, R" = CH3the most volatile trimethylsilyl amide availablevery strong TMS donor which does not cause any noticeable FID fouling even after long-time measuring seriesThe already good solution characteristics can be improved by addition of submolar quantities of protic solvents (e.g.TFA for extremely polar compounds such as hydrochlorides) or pyridine (e.g. for carbohydrates).recommended application: carboxylic acids, hydroxy and ketocarboxylic acids, amino acids, amines, alcohols, poly-alcohols, sugars, mercaptans and similar compounds with active hydrogen atoms. Even amine hydrochlorides can besilylated directly.advantages: complete reaction with high reaction rates, even without a catalyst (1 to 2% TMCS or TSIM)the by-product of the reaction (N-methyltrifluoroacetamide) features high volatility and short retention time.

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

MSTFAMSTFAMSTFAMSTFAMSTFAMSTFAMSTFA

20151611

7.055 8926.704 0916.085 4756.227 6836.227 4504.001 4934.001 492

Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability andshould be used soon.

1

Silylation with MSTFA

Procedure:

Dissolve 10 – 15 mg sample in 0.8 ml solvent, then add 0.2 ml MSTFA. The reaction mixture can be heated to

60 – 70 °C for up to 1 h and can be analysed directly. If TFA is used as a solvent, proceed as follows [M. Donike,

J. Chromatogr. 85 (1973) 1 – 7]: Dissolve 1 – 2 mg sample in 100 µl TFA. Dropwise add 0.9 ml MSTFA.

After cooling the sample can be chromatographed directly.MN Appl. No. 213111

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 105: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1272

14. ChromatographyChromatography columns/GC Reagents-Thin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromatography columns, ground glass jointWith PTFE stopcock. 14/23 ground socket neck. With fused-in frit support. Porosity 0. 2.5 mm bore stopcock key.1

Lenz

Length Int.dia.

Capacity PK Cat. No.mm mm ml200300200

101015152335

1119.025 9129.025 9139.025 914

1

Chromatography columns, ground glass jointWith PTFE stopcock.With NS ground socket neck as indicatedIndents are moulded in above the stopcock for holding cotton wool plug supports.

2Lenz

Length Int.dia.

Capacity Description PK Cat. No.mm mm ml200400600

10203015125430

with NS 14 / 23 socketwith NS 29 / 32 socketwith NS 29 / 32 socket111

9.025 9329.025 9349.025 936

2

Ion exchange mediaAnion and cation exchangers for chromatography column separations.1

Whatman1

Description PK Cat. No.

DE52 pre-swollen microgranularDEAE-cellulose, 500gDE52 pre-swollen microgranularDEAE-cellulose, 2kgCM52 pre-swollen microgranularCM-cellulose, 500gCF11 fibrous cellulose powderfor column work, 500gP11 dry bi-functional cationexchange cellulose, 100gP11 dry bi-functional cationexchange cellulose, 500g

111111

9.950 3659.950 3669.950 3679.950 3689.950 3699.950 370

Ion exchange papersA thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger withdiethylaminoethyl functional groups. The ion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm2 and flowrate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays and DNA polymerase.

2Whatman

Grade Dia. PK Cat. No.mm

DE81 23 400 9.950 335

2

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 106: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

MACHEREY-NAGEL

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Professional Solutions for HPLC

➢ C18 and C8 Gravity unique base-deactivation for pH extremes

➢ C18 Pyramid polar endcapped phase

➢ Sphinx RP distinct selectivity for aromatic compounds

➢ C18 Isis exceptional steric selectivity

www.mn-net.com

Products for Solid Phase Extraction

➢ modern polymer resins – HR-X, EASY, PS/DVB copolymers

➢ standard phases – C18ec, SiOH, NH2, . . .

➢ cation / anion exchangers – HR-XC, HR-XA, SA, SB

➢ polar phases – Alox, Diol, Florisil®, . . .

➢ phases for special applications – QuEChERS, PCB, PAH, THC, . . .

Europe's leading SPE manufacturer

Germany · USA · Switzerland · France e-mail: [email protected]

. . . we Meet your Needs

Page 107: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1274

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

guaranteed by stringent production control including

tion

coatings or impregnations are not necessary

Florisilfi adsorbent for column chromatographyhard granular magnesia silica gel: MgO 15.5±0.5% - SiO2 84.0±0.5% - Na2SO4 <=1.0%; 60/100 mesh typical applications: sample preparation (SPE); clean-up of pesticide residues, separation of chlorinated pestici-des, extraction of steroids, sex hormones, antibiotics, lipids etc.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description particle size Weight PK Cat. No.mesh/mm kg

Florisil standard 60 / 100 meshFlorisil standard 60 / 100 mesh 0.15 / 0.25 mm0.15 / 0.25 mm 15 11 6.232 8734.005 002

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 108: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

Standard silica layers for TLCSupport materials for TLC ready-to-use layersGlass plates: glass, ~ 1.3 mm thick, high requirments for weight, packaging and storage, ideal torsional strength,high temerature stability, susceptible to breakage, can not be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents,mineral acids and conc. ammonia, suitability for aqueous detection reagents depends on the phasePOLYGRAM®: polyester, ~ 0.2 mm thick, low requirments for weight, packaging and storage, low torsional strength,max. 185°C temerature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents, mineral acids and conc. ammonia, very suitable for aqueous detection reagentsALUGRAM®: aLuminium, ~ 0.15 mm thick, low requirments for weight, packaging and storage, relatively high torsional strength, high temerature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistanceagainst solvents, low resistance against mineral acids and conc. ammonia, limited suitable for aqueous detectionreagents

MACHEREY-NAGEL

1275

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Adamant unmodified standard silica layers for TLCsilica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,particle size 5 to 17µmoutstanding hardness and abrasion resistance due to an optimized binder systemincreased separation efficiency due to an optimized particle size distirbutionhigh suitability for trace analyses resulting from a UV indicator with brilliance and a low-noise background of the layeravailable as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

ADAMAT UV254ADAMATADAMAT UV254ADAMATADAMAT UV254ADAMAT UV254ADAMATADAMAT UV254ADAMAT UV254ADAMATADAMAT UV254

2.5 x 7.55 x 105 x 105 x 105 x 105 x 2010 x 1010 x 1010 x 2020 x 2020 x 20

0.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.25

10050502002001002525502525

4.005 0604.005 0674.005 0614.005 0684.005 0624.005 0634.005 0694.005 0644.005 0654.005 0704.005 066

Separation of steroids

Layers: ADAMANT UV254, SIL G/UV254; eluent: trichloromethane – methanol (97:3)Developing time: 10 minutes; 0.1 % solution in CHCl3

Rf ADAMANT SIL G

Cortisone 0.37 0.27

Corticosterone 0.43 0.30

Testosterone 0.50 0.39

Desoxycorticosterone 0.55 0.46

Progesterone 0.73 0.62

Migration distance 5.0 cm 5.7 cmMN Appl. No. 402930 SIL G/UV254ADAMANT UV 254

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 109: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1276

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

SIL G unmodified standard silica layers for TLCglass plates, Polygramfi, Alugramfi

silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60 Å, specific pore volume 0.75 ml/g,particle size 5 to 17µm; standard grade thickness of layer for analytical plates 0.25mm, for preparative plates 0.5 and 1mm; for 2mm preparative layers aslightly coarser material is used indicators: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm); special inorganic fluorescent pigment with blue fluorescence for long-wave UV (366nm)binders: highly polymeric products, which are stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive visualisation reagents; binder system forPolygramfi sheets is also completely stable in purely aqueous eluents available as glass plates, Polygram polyester sheets and Alugram aluminium sheetsavailable as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)

1 2 3MACHEREY-NAGEL

1 2 3

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254Glass plates SIL G-25Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254Glass plates SIL G-100Glass plates SIL G-100 UV254Glass plates SIL G-200Glass plates SIL G-200 UV254POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL GPOLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL GPOLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL GPOLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL GPOLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL GPOLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL GALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL GALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL GALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL GALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL GALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254

2.5 x 7.55 x 105 x 105 x 105 x 105 x 205 x 2010 x 1010 x 2010 x 2020 x 2020 x 2020 x 2020 x 2020 x 2020 x 202.5 x 7.52.5 x 7.54 x 84 x 85 x 205 x 2020 x 2020 x 2040 x 2040 x 202.5 x 7.54 x 85 x 7.55 x 7.55 x 105 x 105 x 205 x 2010 x 2010 x 2020 x 2020 x 20

0.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.251.001.002.002.000.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.200.20

100505020020010010025505025251515121220020050505050252525252005020205050505020202525

4.004 8506.230 7294.004 8484.004 8474.004 8494.004 8466.232 6609.003 4746.227 9176.230 2749.003 4919.003 4924.004 8537.300 5556.224 4174.004 8544.004 8274.004 8264.004 8259.003 4936.803 6519.003 4766.202 1909.003 4944.004 8224.004 8244.005 0439.003 4964.005 0426.227 9486.802 8839.003 4777.084 9189.003 4784.005 0526.233 5687.059 7459.003 497

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 110: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1277

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Silgur unmodified standard silica layers with concentrating zoneglass plates silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Ä, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, particle size 5.17µmkieselguhr zone for rapid sample application: because kieselguhr is completely inert towards a large number of compounds, the samples always from anarrow band at the interface of the two adsorbents, irrespective of shape, size or position of the spots in the concentrating zone. Separation then takes placein the silica layer.available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

Glass plates SILGUR-25Glass plates SILGUR-25 UV254Glass plates SILGUR-25Glass plates SILGUR-25 UV254

10 x 2010 x 2020 x 2020 x 20

0.250.250.250.25

50502525

4.004 8564.004 8576.093 8697.400 306

Nano-Adamant unmodified nano silica layers for HPTLCglass platesnano silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,particle size 2 to 10 µmoutstanding hardness and abrasion resistance due to an optimized binder system increased separation efficiency due to an optimized particle size distributionhigh suitability for trace analyses resulting from a UV indicator with increased brilliance and a low-noise background of the layer narrow fractionation of thesilica particles allows theoretical plate heights, which are one order of magnitude smaller than on standard silica layers with the advantage of sharper separations, shorter developing times, shorter migration distances, lower amount of samples, and increased detection sensitivity with equal selectivityavailable as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (Υς 254)

MACHEREY-NAGEL

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

Nano-ADAMANTNano-ADAMANT UV254Nano-ADAMANTNano-ADAMANT UV254Nano-ADAMANTNano-ADAMANT UV254

5 x 55 x 510 x 1010 x 1010 x 2010 x 20

0.200.200.200.200.200.20

10010025255050

4.005 0734.005 0714.005 0746.226 3464.005 0754.005 072

Peaks:

1. Blue 3

2. Violet 2

3. Red

4. Green

5. Blue 1

6. Greenish blue

7. Violet 1

10

1

2

3 45

67

20 30 40 50 mm

A

10

1

2

34

5

67

20 30 40 mm

B

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 111: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1278

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Nano-SIL unmodified Nano-silica layers for HPTLCAlugramfi

nano silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,particle size 2 to 10µmindicator: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm)binder: highly polymeric product, which is stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressivevisualisation reagents narrow fractionation of the silica particles allows sharper separations, shorter developing times,shorter migration distances, smaller samples and an increased detection sensitivity compared to SIL G platesavailable as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (Υς254)

1MACHEREY-NAGEL

1

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

ALUGRAM NANO-SIL GALUGRAM NANO-SIL G UV254ALUGRAM NANO-SIL GALUGRAM NANO-SIL G UV254

5 x 205 x 2020 x 2020 x 20

0.200.200.200.20

50502525

4.005 0446.227 9006.227 8994.005 045

RP-18 W/UV254 octadecyl-modified nano silica layers for HPTLCglass plates, ALUGRAMfi

base material:silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, mean particle size 9µm, pH stability 2 to 10indicator:acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm); UV-absorbing substances apppear asdark-blue to black spots on a light-blue backgroundpartial octadecyl modification, wettable with water, carbon content 14%order of polarity:silica > DIOL > NH2 > CN > RP-2 > C 18-50 > RP-18 W > C 18-100normal phase or reversed phase separation modes with eluents from anhydrous solvents to mixtures with high con-centrations of water (see figure); the relative polarity of the eluent determines the polarity of the layerrecommended application: aminophenols, barbiturates, preservatives, nucleobases, polycyclic aromatic hydrocar-bons, steroids, tetracyclines, plasticizers (phthalates)available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)

2 3MACHEREY-NAGEL

2

3

Type Plate size Thickness of layer PK Cat. No.cm mm

Glass plates RP-18 W UV254Glass plates RP-18 W UV254Glass plates RP-18 W UV254Glass plates RP-18 W UV254Glass plates RP-18 W UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets RP-18 W UV254

5 x 2010 x 1010 x 2020 x 2020 x 204 x 85 x 105 x 2010 x 1020 x 20

0.250.250.250.251.000.150.150.150.150.15

50255025155050502525

4.004 8806.206 1734.004 8794.004 8784.004 8817.400 3756.901 1434.005 0464.005 0476.704 046

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 112: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1279

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

TLC plates, aluminium coatedStandard, rigid TLC plates in a choice of media, backing materials, and with dimensionsas indicated.1

MACHEREY-NAGEL1

Material Gelthickness

Dimensions PK Cat. No.

mm mmpolyester with aluminium oxide*aluminium with aluminium oxide* 0.20.2 200 x 200200 x 200 2525 9.003 495

9.003 498*with 254 nm UV indicator

TLC micro-set A beginner's set for science educationFeatures separations with simple developing sovents; samples are coloured thuseliminating the need for visualisation. All equipment needed is contained in the kit. MACHEREY-NAGEL

Description PK Cat. No.

TLC micro-set A for beginners 1 6.057 472

TLC micro-set A for beginners

This kit contains all chemicals and accessories for the fol-

lowing separations:

separation of the fat-soluble (lipophilic) test mixture

1: butter yellow, indophenol, sudan blue II, sudan

red G

separation of a mixture of anthraquinone dyes (test

dye mixture 2): blue 1, blue 3, green, greenish blue,

red, violet 1, violet 3

separation of a mixture of food dyes (test dye

mixture 3): brilliant black BN (E151), fast red E,

erythrosine (E127), yellow orange S (sunset yellow

CFC, E110), naphthol red S, ponceau 4 R (E124),

tartrazine (E102)

separation of dyes from felt tip pens

Contents of TLC micro-set A for beginners

1 manual

3 developing chambers

50 glass capillaries 1 µl

1 spotting guide

1 measuring cylinder10 ml

50 polyester sheets each 4 x 8 cm POLYGRAM® SIL G/UV254, ALOX N/UV254 and CEL 300

8 ml each of test dye mixture 1 (4 lipophilic dyes), test dyes sudan red G and sudan blue II

8 ml each of test dye mixture 2 (7 anthraquinone dyes), test dyes blue 1 and violet 2

8 ml each of test dye mixture 3 (7 food dyes), test dyes yellow orange S and brilliant black BN

100 ml each of toluene, toluene/cyclohexane (2:1, v/v)chloroform/acetone (1:1, v/v)2.5 % sodium citrate solution25 % ammonia/2-propanol (5:3, v/v)

2 felt tip pens

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 113: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1280

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

TLC PlatesSilica gel plates. 250 µm layer. The plates are 20 x 20cm and can be cut with scissors.The flexible plates Silica-Gel 60 A, available on aluminium or polyester support material,have a similar separation performance to K6 glass plate and are often used for moderate to strong polar analytes.Ion exchanger plates (DEAE-diethylaminoethyl tertiary amine) are used for anionic species and are available on apolyester support material.

2Whatman

Type Description PK Cat. No.

PE Sil GPE Sil G/UV 254*AL Sil GAL Sil G/UV 254*

Polyester backedPolyester backedAluminium backedAluminium backed

25252525

9.950 3369.950 3379.950 3389.950 339

* With fluorescent indicator

2

Glass TLC PlatesReverse phase plates, 200 µm layer.3

WhatmanType Size PK Cat. No.

MKC18FKC18KC18FKC18FLKC18LKC18FLKC18F

2,5 x 7,6 cm20 x 20 cm5 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm5 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm

100257525257525

9.950 3409.950 3419.950 3429.950 3439.950 3449.950 3459.950 346

3

Adsorption TLC plates Partisilfi K660 angstrom. 250 µm layer, PK6F with 1000 µm layer.4

Whatman

Type Size PK Cat. No.

MK6FK6K6K6K6FK6FK6FK6FPK6FLK6DLK6DLK6DFLK6DF

2,5 x 7,6 cm5 x 20 cm10 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm5 x 10 cm5 x 20 cm10 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm5 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm5 x 20 cm20 x 20 cm

5007550251507550252075257525

9.950 3479.950 3489.950 3499.950 3509.950 3519.950 3529.950 3539.950 3549.950 3559.950 3569.950 3579.950 3589.950 359

4

TLC platesLinear- K: give rapid, precise recognition. The pre-adsorbent layer is thicker than thesilica layer and functions like a sponge that pre-concentrates the sample before it reactswith the silica layer. This allows the user to apply sample volumes that would not be possible with standard TLC-plates.The symbol for silica gel is K (from the German Kieselgel). followed by a classification designation:- K5 10-12 µm silica, with pore size 150 Å- K6 10-12 µm silica, with pore size 60 Å- High-performance silica is prefixed with the letters HP: HP-K 4.5 µm silica, pore size 60 Å- Reversed-phase plates with a bonded alkyl group are represented by a K, followed by the length of the alkyl chainKC-18 10-12 µm Silica 60 Å, octadecyl bonded phaseFurther identification information for a particular plate can be found from the following letter codes:- L pre-adsorbent layer for the easier application of larger volumes. Compresses each sample into a narrow horizontalband, so also known as Linear-K, prefix L.- D channelled plates with separate lanes. 2 mm clear glass channels separate the individual sample lanes to preventthe samples becoming mixed, so D for Division.- F fluorescent indicator: fluorescent plates glow bright green under UV light. Samples that absorb UV at 254 nm arerecognized by fluorescence quenching.- M microscope slide, plate size 25/75 mm.- P preparative layer. Has a thickness of 500 or 1000 µm for large samples.These letter codes enable easy, rapid identifcation of all TLC plates, for example PLK6DF = preparative K6 silica 60 Åpore diameter, separate lanes, fluorescent indicator and preadsorbent layer.

1Whatman

1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 114: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1281

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Chromatography paper/Ion exchange papersWhatman chromatography papers are the most widely used papers for chromatographyworldwide. This acceptance and usage reflects the purity, high quality and consistency ofWhatman papers. These qualities are relied upon by chromatographers and essential to successful reproducible chro-matography. Whatman chromatography paper media are made from specially selected cotton cellulose. They are rigo-rously quality controlled for characteristics important to the chromatographer and to ensure uniformity within thegrade.1 Chr world standard chromatography paper. A smooth surface, 0.18 mm thick with a linear flow rate (water) of 130mm/30 min. Good resolution for general analytical separations.3MM Chr widely used as a blotting paper, 3MM Chr is used in both electrophoresis and for general chemistry. A medi-um thickness paper (0.34 mm) used extensively for general chromatography and electrophoresis. Flow rate is 130mm/30 min.3 Chr medium thickness paper (0.36 mm) with a flow rate of 130 mm/30 min. For general applications with medi-um/heavy solute loadings. Frequently used for separation of inorganic compounds and for electrophoresis.17 Chr thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent paper with a very high flow rate of 190 mm/30 min. Suitable for theheaviest loadings and ideal for preparative paper chromatography and electrophoresis.Ion exchange papersDE81A thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger with diethylaminoethyl functional groups. Theion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm² and flow rate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays andDNA polymerase.SG81A unique paper (0.27 mm thick) combining cellulose and large pore silica gel. Suitable for separations in which bothpartition and adsorption are important, including the separation of phospholipids, steroids, phenols and dyes. Flowrate is 110 mm/30 min.P81A thin (0.23 mm) cellulose phosphate paper. Strong cation exchanger of high capacity. Ion exchange capacity is 18.0µeq/cm² and the flow rate is 125 mm/30 min. For use with protein kinase assay with peptide substrates.

2Whatman

Grade Size PK Cat. No.

1Chr1Chr1Chr1Chr3MMChr3MMChr3Chr3MMChr3MMChr4Chr17ChrDE81SG81P81

100 x 300 mm200 x 200 mm250 x 250 mm460 x 570 mm200 x 200 mm315 x 355 mm460 x 570 mm460 x 570 mm580 x 680 mm460 x 570 mm460 x 570 mm460 x 570 mm460 x 570 mm460 x 570 mm

10010010010010010010010010010025252525

9.950 3089.950 3099.950 3109.950 3119.950 3129.950 3139.950 3149.950 3719.950 3159.950 3169.950 3179.950 3189.950 3199.950 320

2

TLC platesSilica gel 60 F254

1Merck

Material Gelthickness

Width Length PK Cat. No.

mm mm mmGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassAluminiumAluminiumAluminiumPlastic

0.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.250.200.200.200.20

20.010.05.05.05.05.02.52.520.05.05.020.0

20.020.020.020.010.010.07.57.520.010.07.520.0

2550100252002510050025502025

9.130 0509.130 0519.130 0529.130 0539.130 0549.130 0559.130 0569.130 0579.130 0589.130 0599.130 0609.130 063

1

TLC platesSilica gel 60 F254 MerckMaterial Gel

thicknessDimensions PK Cat. No.

mm mmGlass backedGlass backed 0.52 20 x 2020 x 20 2012 9.130 061

9.130 062

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 115: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1282

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Plates-Chambers

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Standard separating chamberWith absolutely flat, chamber floor, ground flange rim and lid for all TLC plates up to 200 x 200 mm.Other separating chambers available on request.

2

Type PK Cat. No.

Separating chamber with knob lidSeparating chamber with ground cover plateKnob lid for 9.020 160Glass cover disc for 9.020 173

1111

9.020 1609.020 1739.020 1639.020 177

2

Simultaneous developing chamberFor TLC plates up to 20 x 20 cm. Choice of plates as indicated.3

MACHEREY-NAGEL3

Chromatography stripsDivided into 12 bands, each of 15 mm wide, for parallel separation of 12 samples. Whatman

Grade Width Length PK Cat. No.mm mm

1Chr CRL 110 213 100 9.950 321

Chromatography paper, reelsChromatography Paper 1 CHRThe standard chromatography paper. Good resolution for general analytical separations.Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.18 mm. Capillary rise (water) 130 mm/30 min.Chromatography Paper 3MM CHRUsed in electophoresis, in general chemistry and as blotting paper. Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.34 mm.Capillary rise (water) 130 mm/30 min.

1Whatman

Grade Width Length PK Cat. No.mm mm

1Chr1Chr1Chr1Chr1Chr1Chr1Chr3MMChr3MMChr3MMChr3MMChr3MMChr3MMChr

102030405010015020100150190230270

1000100010001000100010001000100010001000100010001000

1111111111111

9.950 3229.950 3239.950 3249.950 3259.950 3269.950 3289.950 3299.950 3279.950 3309.950 3319.950 3329.950 3339.950 334

1

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 116: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1283

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Chambers-Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Simultaneous batch separating chamberWith absolutely flat, chamber floor, ground flange rim and lid and storage trough for five 200 x 200 mm TLC plates.1 1

Type PK Cat. No.

Simultaneous batch separatingchamber with knob lidSimultaneous batch separatingchamber with ground cover plate

11

9.020 1679.020 174

Nano separating chambersThe use of quantitative TLC on nano or HPTLC gel layer platesis increasing. Nano separating chambers have been developed for the more popular 100 x 100 mm and 200 x 100mm plate formats and have all the advantages of standard separating chambers.

2 2

Type PK Cat. No.

Nano separating chamber 200 x 100 mm,with stainless steel lidNano separating chamber 100 x 100 mm,with knob lidNano separating chamber 100 x 100 mm,with stainless steel lidNano stainless steel lid, 200 x 100 mmNano knob lid, 100 x 100 mmNano stainless steel lid, 100 x 100 mmNano filter paper for vapour conditioning the chamber,210 x 110 mm, 25 sheets

11111125

9.020 1129.020 2109.020 2129.020 1179.020 2119.020 2139.020 214

H separating chamberThe H separating chambers make optimum use of HPTLC gel layer advantages. Smallparticle size 5 µm, stringently controlled pore size and distribution, and more theoreticalbases. Excellent value for money and can be supplied for time and cost saving in 50 x 50 mm plate format or traditio-nal 100 x 100 mm format. Optimum separations are achieved even on the shortest runs.

3Sarstedt (Desaga)

Type Width Length PK Cat. No.mm mm

H separation chamberH separation chamberFrit rodsCover plateCover plate

50100050100

501005050100

11511

9.023 1509.023 1609.023 9559.023 9569.023 957

3

Syringes, disposable plastic2-piece construction: PP barrel, with PE piston. Sterile.Disposable. With Luer nozzle.4 5

Capacity PK Cat. No.ml1 : 1/100 (Tuberculin)2 (3)5 (6)10 (12)20 (24)3050 (60)

1001001001001005030

9.410 0009.410 0029.410 0059.410 0109.410 0209.410 0259.410 050

4

5

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 117: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1284

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Syringes

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Disposable syringesPolypropylene with two-piece plunger and Luer nozzle. Without needle. Supplied sterile, individually pouch-sealed inouter boxes as indicated.1

Capacity PK Cat. No.ml125102050

10010010010012060

9.950 2969.950 2979.950 2989.950 2999.950 3009.950 301

1

Sampling syringes, Fortunafi

Borosilicate glass. Transparent calibrated barrel.With chemically-resistant, diffused amber stain graduations.2 3

Poulten & Graf

Capacity Grad. Type PK Cat. No.

ml ml255010050100

11111

Without stopcockWithout stopcockWithout stopcockWith capillary stopcockWith capillary stopcock

11111

9.143 0559.143 0569.143 0579.143 0669.143 067

2

3

Syringes, glass, Fortuna Optimafi

Borosilicate glass. With centre glass or metal luer nozzle. Interchangeable plungers andbarrels (between identical capacity syringes). With amber graduations. Autoclavable up to +134°C.

4 5Poulten & Graf

Capacity MaterialCone ex

Nozzletype

PK Cat. No.ml125102050125102050

glassglassglassglassglassglassmetalmetalmetalmetalmetalmetal

luerluerluerluerluerluerluer-lockluer-lockluer-lockluer-lockluer-lockluer-lock

111111111111

9.222 0219.222 0229.222 0259.222 0309.222 0329.222 0359.222 0619.222 0629.222 0659.222 0709.222 0729.222 075

4

5

Glass-metal syringesWith calibrated glass cylinder and plunger made of stainless steel.Plungers and cylinders interchangeable.With central metal cone.Graduated. Sterilizable ip to +200°C.

6 7Henke-Sass, Wolf

Capacity Type PK Cat. No.ml125102050125102050

LuerLuerLuerLuerLuerLuerLuer-LockLuer-LockLuer-LockLuer-LockLuer-LockLuer-Lock

111111111111

9.222 2219.222 2229.222 2259.222 2309.222 2329.222 2359.222 2419.222 2429.222 2459.222 2509.222 2529.222 255

6

7

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 118: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1285

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Syringes-Detection

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Syringe needles, disposableSterile. Individually wrapped. Disposable. Luer fitting with plastic sheath.1

Type Dia. Length Colour PK Cat. No.mm mm

Pravaz 1Pravaz 2Pravaz 12Pravaz 14Pravaz 16Pravaz 18Pravaz 20

0.90.80.70.60.60.50.4

40403030252520

yellowgreenblackbluebluebrowngrey

100100100100100100100

9.410 1019.410 1029.410 1129.410 1149.410 1169.410 1189.410 120

1

Disposable syringe needlesStainless steel. With Luer push-on fitting for use with disposable syringes. Supplied sterile in boxes of 100.2

Gauge Dia. Length PK Cat. No.mm mm

18G x 1½ inch*19G x 1½ inch20G x 1 inch*21G x 1½ inch*23G x 1 inch25G x 5/8 inch

1.21.10.90.80.60.5

404025402516

100100100100100100

9.950 3029.950 3039.950 3049.950 3059.950 3069.950 307

9.950 302 is a thin wall needle with a short bevel. 9.950 304 and 9.950 305 are intravenous thin wall needles.

2

Micro capillary tubesThese disposable capillary tubes fill automatically from end to end. Accuracy is better than 1 %. A capillary tube hol-der is supplied in each pack. Also contains a small bulb with aperture, which can be inserted into capillary tube andused as an effective support for filling and emptying tubes.

3

Capacity PK Cat. No.µl0.51.02.05.010.0

100100100100100

9.020 1929.020 1939.020 1949.020 1959.020 196

3

Chromatography sprayer SG 1CFC-free spraying with powerful and quiet pump.The finest spray is produced even when the battery power is low.Liquids, up to the viscosity of light oil, can be finely sprayed at the touch of a button. Particle diameter 5 to 10 µmwith a throughput of 20 ml/min. based on water. The reservoir bottle for the spray reagent is made of borosilicateglass. The bottle is screwed into the high-grade PTFE nozzle and can be changed in seconds. With quick-charging dock as a storage base. Overload protection enables continuous storage of the sprayer in thecharging station. Supplied with battery, battery charger, bottle and nozzle.

4

Type PK Cat. No.

SG 1Reservoir, 50 ml 110 9.539 0459.539 046

4

Special atomiserWith rubber blowball for nebulising reagents. Can be connected to other compressed air supplies.5

Type PK Cat. No.

Special atomiser 1 9.024 000

5

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 119: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1286

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Detection

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Test tube atomiserGlass atomiser for nebulising small amounts of reagents. Atomiser can be inserted in a 12 ml test tube with a groundjoint and held in position with a spring clip.1

Type PK Cat. No.

Test tube atomiser 1 9.023 990

1

Spray box with fanFor spraying TLC plates with aggressive media. Housing made of acid-resistant PVC for plates up to 200 x 200 mm.Low-noise extraction fan supplies 400 m³/h. The exhaust tube leads upwards and can be connected to NW 100 extraction tubing. Reagent droplets are collected in a separate drip tray. Size (WxDxH) 620 x 610 x 580 mm.

2

Type PK Cat. No.

Spray box with fan 1 9.020 031

2

Thermoplate SElectronically controlled, precision laboratory hotplate. For controlled, constant heating of dipped TLC plates forincreased reproducibility and evaluation. Rapid evaporation of the solvent is enabled by the direct warming of the pla-ted zone. Provides defined intermediate drying for multiple processing. Also used for reduction or evaporation of smallliquid quantities at constant temperatures or warming of reaction mixtures at a preset temperature, e.g. for colorime-tric analysis. Visual control of colour build-up. Temperature is preset and displayed digitally.

3

Hotplate: 240 x 240 mmTemperature range: 25 to 199°CAccuracy: ±2°CType PK Cat. No.

Thermoplate S 1 9.023 840

3

Analytical lamps, CabUVISWith back lighting. Constant lighting, low-pressure mercury tubes and UV-Filter for 254 and 366 nm wavelength out-put. Incident and back lighting with 8 W daylight fluorescent tube lamps and 200 x 200 mm diffusing screen. Basicunit is supplied with transparent cover screen. Optional attachment allows observation or documentation of films wit-hout a darkroom.

4

Type PK Cat. No.

CabUVIS 1 9.539 341

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 120: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1287

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Detection

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

HPLC Detector lamps1 2Kinesis

1 2

Type For PK Cat. No.

LD-ABI-100LD-AGI-101LD-AGI-104LD-AGI-104LLLD-AGI-105LD-AGI-105LLLD-DIO-102LLLD-DIO-105LLLD-GIL-101LD-JAS-101LLLD-KNA-101LD-MEH-100LD-PER-100-3LD-PER-160LD-SHI-101LLLD-SHI-102LD-SHI-103LLLD-TSP-102LD-TSP-106LD-VAR-103LLLD-VAR-105LLLD-WAT-102LD-WAT-104LLLD-WAT-105LL

ABI 757 759 783A 785A 1000S 980 120A 130A D2 LampAgilent 1050C 1050DAD 1090 D2 LampAgilent 1100 VWD D2 LampAgilent 1100 VWD Longlife D2 LampAgilent 1100 DAD, 8453 D2 LampAgilent 1100, 1200 DAD Longlife D2 LampDionex PDA-100, PDA-3000, AD-25 D2 LampDionex Ultimate UVD 3000 Nano LC D2 Longlife LampGilson115/116/117/118/119/151/152/155/156 D2 LampJasco 970 975 (B & C Series) 1570 1575 2075 D2 LampKnauer Wellchrom K2000 K2500 K2501 D2 LampHitachi LaChrom L Series, Elite, U Series nosed D2 LampPerkin Elmer Series 200 D2 Lamp XPack3PE Lambda 2 to 45 800 900 Bio, 55X Series LC480 D2 LampShimadzu SPD-10A, AVP, AV, AVVP, M10AVP, 20A, 20AV LampShimadzu Spectrophotometer D2 LampShimadzu LC2010 Longlife D2 Longlife LampTSP UV100/1000/2000/3000 Focus Spectrachrom D2 LampTSP UV 6000 DAD Surveyor D2 LampVarian UV50/100/200 9050 Prostar 310 D2 Longlife lampVarian Prostar 325 335 Longlife D2 LampWaters 486 D2 LampWaters 996, 2996 PDA Longlife D2 LampWaters 2487 Longlife D2 Lamp

111111111111111111111111

4.007 0534.007 0584.007 0614.007 0644.007 0674.007 0704.007 0964.007 0994.007 1084.007 1124.007 1154.007 1274.007 1324.007 1394.007 1564.007 1574.007 1594.007 1644.007 1674.007 1734.007 1764.007 1844.007 1864.007 188

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 121: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1288

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Detection-Accessories

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

UV analysis lamps HP-UVISfi

For UV analysis without a darkroom. High-pressure mercury lamp emits very intense radiation at 366 nm for fluoro-chemical analytical evaluation. Specially selected 254 nm filters enable optimal contrast. Minimal footprint in spite ofsimultaneous observation points for two 200 x 200 mm plates. Inclined plate angle gives comfortable viewing.Dimensions (WxDxH) 325 x 280 x 475 mm. Supply requirements 230 V.

1

Type PK Cat. No.

HP-UVIS 1 9.539 360

1

UV irradiation systems BIO-LINK- Compact and powerful, ideal for a broad range of applications- Precise measurement and control technology, non-ageing UV sensors- Choice for irradiation parameter energy or time- Easy operation: Programme memory, storage of the last parameters, programme resumes after opening of the door,auto-restart after power failure- Secure and stable construction, very easy to use- Available in 3 different wavelengths- Easy exchange of the UV tubes for wavelength change

2

Dimensions (WxDxH)Housing: 350 x 360 x 305mmInterior: 260 x 330 x 145mmType Description Tubes Wave-

lengthPK Cat. No.

nmBLX-E254BLX-E312BLX-E365

UV crosslinkerUV irradiation systemUV irradiation system5 x 8 W5 x 8 W5 x 8 W

254312365111

9.971 9239.971 9249.971 925

2

TLC Viewing cabinetsModel CN-6:- for one or two UV hand lamps model VL-6; choice of combined wavelengths 254nm, 312nm and 365nm- cabinet dimensions (WxDxH): 300 x 280 x 240mm; easy access also for large samplesModel CN-15:- integral high intensity UV lamps, extra large capacity; easy access also for large samples; white-light bulb for nor-mal observation- removable bottom panel for use with an ETX Professional Line transilluminator- cabinet dimensions (W x D x H): 505 x 415 x 280mm

33

Type Description Tubes Wave-length

PK Cat. No.nm

CN-6CN-15.LC* without UV handlampswith integrated UV tubes and white-light source -2 x 15W each -365 / 254 11 9.971 9269.971 927

Other models available on requestTLC accessories set

MACHEREY-NAGELDescription PK Cat. No.

DC simultaneous chamber for up to 5 plates, 20 x 20 cmLaboratory atomiser, glass with rubber bulbGlass capillary 1 µlOutlining templatesChromatography Paper MN 260, 7,5 x 17 cm (for saturating)

111502100

9.003 5004.004 9097.056 8494.004 9034.004 907

TLC plate cutterFor scoring and cutting glass backed TLC plates. For cost-effectiveness in plate use, or in order to give individual plates different derivatives after separation. Supplied with cutting ring and template.4

Type PK Cat. No.

TLC plate cutter 1 9.539 041

4

www.haeberle-lab.de

Page 122: 14. Chromatography GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11bio-plast.net/pdf/Catalogue/Haeberle-lab/14 chromatography.pdfgeneral catalogue 2010/11 ... 14.75 x 45 22 x 38.25 23 x 75.5 22 x 75.5 100

1289

14. ChromatographyThin-layer chromatography/Accessories-General Accessories

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

E & OE.

Universal application and evaluation templatesPlexiglass. Simplifies application, marking and evaluation of thin layer chromatograms. Size 200 x 200 mm.1

Type PK Cat. No.

Universal application and evaluation templates 1 9.020 131

1

Outlining templatesWith limit stops for precise positioning of the plate on the template. Provide precise pipette guidance due to triangularapertures in a 5 mm spaced grid, providing 9, 19 or 39 outlining points, depending on the size of the template. A non-slip coating means that the outlining template does not slide on the bench.

2

Width Length PK Cat. No.mm mm10050100200

10050200200

1111

9.020 1349.020 1359.020 1369.020 137

2

Laboratory dryer3 position power switch, 230V a.c. (0/700/1400W). With 2 heat/blower speed settings, nozzle attachment, cold airbutton, detachable air filter and a 3 metre mains lead.3

Type PK Cat. No.

Laboratory dryer 1 9.018 9953

Profi-labdryer PHT 303 heating levels, 3 cooling levels and 3 fan speeds giving 12 heating/ventilation combinations. Overheat protected.Removable inlet grille with filter.Supply requirement: 230 to 240V, 50 Hz, 1600 - 1800 W.

Type PK Cat. No.

Profi Labdryer 1 9.106 809

www.haeberle-lab.de